SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures

SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures is a spin-off originally created by now-inactive user MissAppear869 on December 5, 2009. Famous for its sheer length (over one thousand episodes have been written, making this the largest article on the wiki by far), it is also one of the oldest spin-offs on the wiki, and is regarded as a classic by many.

Each episode can range from 2 to 60 minutes.

History
SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures, a creation of MissAppear869 (a now inactive user of this SpongeBob Fanon Wiki), premiered on December 5, 2009, to positive reviews. The show's fan base gradually grew, and by Season 3, the show was undoubtedly one of the most popular SpongeBob-themed shows at the time. New characters were introduced to the show. Their personalities varied from absent-minded, brainless commoners to eccentric, smart people and evil clones. Nickelodeon once stated that production would theoretically continue to Season 40. It also did not rule out possibilities that the show could continue to at least Season 50. As of February 2058, there have been merchandise sales that have been very huge, despite a series of brief rise and collapse in popularity of the show. By Season 16 it had joined the giants of the SpongeBob-themed spin-offs, and quality of the show continued to grow, albeit now in a slower rate than in the earlier seasons. The show's pilot episode, titled "SpongeBob and the gang returns", aired in theaters before the movies Avatar, Alvin and the Chipmunks: The Squeakquel, The Spy Next Door and Hubble 3D.

It had been announced by Nickelodeon after the conclusion of Season 31 that they were placing an order for Season 32 and Season 33. A week later, Nickelodeon stated they would extend the show to Season 55. A journalist hired by Nickelodeon, Malcolm Minster, who attended Nickelodeon's press conference at the time, stated that SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures is a "terrific success." Minster continued by stating "SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures mixes kid-themed and adult-themed fun into one single fun supplemented by fresh humor which is appealing to all society classes, and from babies to adults. Violence is made more favorable to kids, and fun is made more open to adults. Basically, this is one great show."

On May 27, 2022, the workers of SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures were honoured with the Presidential Medal of Freedom for "giving way to realistic animation through the screen with proper technology, and creating a whole new base for animation business and process." Shortly after, though, SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures was involved in a minor controversy when a video stream expected to show "SpongeBob and the gang returns" was instead replaced by an unaired episode. Some people who were at the movie theater at that time saw two minutes of an episode which supposedly involved SpongeBob traveling over to the Avatar: The Last Airbender world, but this has not been confirmed.

During the airing of Season 82, rumors started going around that the series would end after that season. After the season ended, though, one more season were made.

Main Characters

 * SpongeBob SquarePants
 * Patrick Star
 * Squidward Tentacles
 * Sandy Cheeks
 * Eugene Krabs
 * Sheldon Plankton

Season 1 (2009)
'1. SpongeBob and the Gang Return - December 5, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

SpongeBob and his friends have returned to a new adventure. (TV-PG-LV)

2. Party in the Pineapple - December 5, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

SpongeBob is planning to have a party for his brithday, but what happens when the party goes wrong? (TV-PG)

'3. It's a Marathon, Squidward - December 5, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

Squidward trains for a marathon, but what happens when he can't run with a broken leg? (TV-PG-SV)

'4. Gary Goes Hyper! - December 5, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

Gary eats too much sugar and goes hyper. (TV-PG-V)

'5. Learn the Art of Art - December 5, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

Squidward becomes the art teacher in a high school. (TV-PG)

'6. Sandy and the Worm - December 5, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

Sandy goes after the worm who tries to eat Bikini Bottom. (TV-14-V)

7. Patrick's Crush - December 5, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

Patrick really likes Mindy, but can he tell her? (TV-PG-S)

'8. One Piece! - December 5, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

SpongeBob, Patrick, Sandy and Squidward are trying to find the one piece of... whatever it is... somewhere in the Bikini Bottom.

9. Set Sail - December 5, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

Mr Krabs is going away for a while and SpongeBob is worried if he will be okay.

'10. Snowflakes! - December 5, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

Patrick is trying to make Bikini Bottom snow with lots of snowflakes.

11. Rich Krabs - December 6, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

Mr. Krabs becomes so rich that he closes The Krusty Krab down and opens up a new place called The Rich Krab.

12. Squidward Goes Happy - December 6, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

Squidward's brain has turned into a rainbow and he's happy all over!

13. Krusty Krab Cook-Off - December 6, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

A guy named Sanji challenges SpongeBob to a cook-off battle.

14. Rose for the Squirrel - December 6, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

SpongeBob gives Sandy a shiny, pretty and purple rose that he's had to protect up until now.

'15. The Nightmare Before SpongeBob! - December 6, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

SpongeBob's friends are having too many nightmares and it is up to SpongeBob to visit their dreams and stop the nightmares.

16. My First Date - December 6, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

Patrick asks Mindy out!

'17. To the Future! - December 6, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

Sandy builds a time machine to go to the future with SpongeBob, Patrick and Squidward.

18. Karate Island II - December 6, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

SpongeBob and Sandy go to Karate Island. But when they realize it's a trick, the two of them must face the 5 floors of fear!

19. Karate Tag-Team - December 7, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

SpongeBob and Sandy team up for the Karate tag-team. The prize........ a holiday to Sunny Shores with 5 friends.

20. Blue Magic - December 7, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

Squidward finds a blue magic wand and can do anything, but what happens when the wand goes out of control?

21. Nice Cheeks - December 8, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

Sandy's cousin Nico comes to town to live with Sandy.

22. Squidward's Likes - December 8, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

It looks like Squidward likes Sandy's cousin Nico!

23. SpongeBob and the Krabby Patties - December 8, 2009 ~ Written by ?

SpongeBob starts his own basketball team and names it the Krabby Patties. SpongeBob is the PG, Squidward is the SG, Sandy is the SF, Mr. Krabs is the PF, and Patrick is the Center.

24. Karate Choppers Continued - December 8, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

SpongeBob and Sandy start to play Karate all over again!

25. Snowman Patrick - December 8, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

Patrick dresses up as a Snowman.

26. Jin SquarePants - December 8, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

SpongeBob's cousin Jin comes to town to live with SpongeBob. (Sequel to Nico Cheeks)

27. Jin vs. Nico - December 8, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear

SpongeBob and Sandy both bring their cousins to the shops and it looks like their cousins can't get along!

28. Winter Sports Games - December 8, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

SpongeBob and the gang compete in the winter sports games.

29. Battle on Volcano Isle - December 9, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

SpongeBob, Patrick, Sandy, Squidward, Danny, Sam, Tucker, Timmy and Jimmy are sent to Volcano Island to the stop the Mawgu from spreading the ooze all over the island.

Season 2 (2009)
'30. Kris Kringle Suprise! - December 10, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869' The gang plans a Kris Kringle surprise (whatever that is).

31. A Diamond is a Squirrel's Best Friend - December 10, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

Nico steals a diamond and somehow the diamond has powers in it.

32. Look Deeper, SpongeBob - December 13, 2009 ~ Written by Spongefan2

SpongeBob gets lost in the deep so it's up to Sandy alone to rescue him! Can she fight the monsters?

33. King Neptune in Charge - December 13, 2009 ~ Written by Spongefan2

King Neptune and Mr. Krabs switch bodies with a wizard, so Squidward, SpongeBob and Patrick go find the wizard.

34. SpongeBob and the Great Poop - December 15, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

SpongeBob eats his poop out of the toilet.

35. The Night Before X-Mas - December 15, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

Santa has been captured by Plankton and it is up to SpongeBob and the gang to save Christmas!

36. Pest of the West II: Least in the East - December 17, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

This time it is Sandy's turn to tell SpongeBob and Patrick the story of her aunt saving the old West with SpongeBuck.

37. Skinny Patrick - December 17, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

Patrick now becomes skinny!

'38. A Flower for Me! - December 17, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

Squidward finds a flower for Nico.

'39. Lost in the Woods! - December 17, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

SpongeBob and Sandy are camping when they both get lost in the woods! Can they make their way out?

'40. Married? - December 17, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

Mr. Krabs and Mrs Puff get married!

41. Sandy CheeKILLER - December 17, 2009 ~ Written by TBD

Everyone blames Sandy when Pearl is dead with a knife stuck in her throat. Is it Sandy's fault?

42. Pet Sea-Horse - December 17, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

Sandy gets a pet seahorse.

'43. Attack of the Brobots!! - December 17, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

Twin brother robots are attacking Bikini Bottom!

44. Pop the Question - December 19, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

Patrick wants to marry Mindy! ♥

'45. MSN? - December 19, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

SpongeBob's friends all have MSN and SpongeBob wants an account as well.

'46. You Drive Me Crazy!! - December 19, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

Mrs Puff has had enough! She has no choice but to give SpongeBob his license so he shall be gone!

47. Sing a Song of Squidward - December 19, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

Squidward sings a song that everybody loves!

'48. Wedding Day! - December 19, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

SpongeBob and Sandy are planning to get married, Sandy discovers how to remove her fur.

'49. I'm Watching You... - December 19, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

Squidward becomes a stalker.

'50. Christmas Day! - December 20, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

Chirstmas has come to Bikini Bottom.

'51. Solo, or Not? - December 20, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

Squidward tries to get his solo right but SpongeBob and Patrick keep annoying him.

52. Sea Shells on the Sea Shore - December 20, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

SpongeBob and Sandy both go out finding shells on the beach.

53. Pearl's Graduation - December 20, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

Pearl is graduating high school.

54. The Screaming Squirrel - December 20, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

Nico starts to scream all over every time she sees a scary thing.

55. To Save a Squirrel, Again - December 20, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

Sandy, SpongeBob and Patrick are all going camping when they see a squirrel who is lost.

56. The Truth About Me - December 20, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869

After the horrible wedding of SpongeBob and Sandy, they start to have a big fight! Can they be friends one day?

'57. Bon Voyage! - December 20, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

SpongeBob and the gang say goodbye to the Bikini Bottom and have a holiday in Bikini Bottom Paradise. So, Bon Voyage!

'58. The Circus of Horror! - December 21, 2009 ~ Written by MissAppear869'

SpongeBob, Patrick, Sandy and Squidward all go to the scariest circus ever, The Circus Of Horror!

59. Fake Formula - December 22, 2009

Mr. Krabs accidentally reveals the formula, but it isn’t the real formula. He tries to start a new life in Rock Bottom.

60. The Cave of Wonders - December 23, 2009

SpongeBob and Sandy explore a flashy rainbow cave.

Season 3 (2009)
This season is known as "The Bikini Bottom Paradise Season".

'''61. SpongeBob Plays the Piano. December 17, 2009         Written by: '''MissAppear869

SpongeBob learns how to play the piano.

'''62. SpongeBand. December 18, 2009        Written by: '''MissAppear869

SpongeBob needs some of his friends to join him for the Bikini Bottom Paradise Rock-out concert.

'''63. The Freeze Ray. December 18, 2009      Written by: '''MissAppear869

Sandy invents a freeze ray.

64. Show Down!         December 18, 2009         Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob and Patrick is fighting and this is the FINAL SHOWDOWN!

65. EVIL TOY!         December 18, 2009           Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob's teddy bear is evil and Sandy can see who's planning this.

66. New Year's Eve?         December 18, 2009         Written by: MissAppear869

It's the final countdown, But, Plankton tries to set the clock to 1:00 instead of 11:59. Can SpongeBob and the gang stop Plankton and save New Year's Eve?

67. House of Screams!            December 18, 2009            Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob, Patrick, Sandy and Squidward find a house that screams! Everyone is scared about the screaming house!

68. Squidward's Paradise.           December 18, 2009         Written by: MissAppear869

Squidwardz is now living on his own paradise with NO SpongeBob.

69. Shoes that Sparkle.       December 18, 2009           Written by: MissAppear869

Pearl's shoes are so sparkly that many people want them.

70. The Land of Chocolate.         December 18, 2009         Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob and Sandy show Patrick the 'Land of Chocolate'.

71. Cleaning Madness         December 19, 2009    Written by:S pongefan2

Patrick goes to 'Dirty Land' and when he goes home SpongeBob tries to clean him.

'''72. Bikini Bottom Paradise Disappears? December 19, 2009  Written by: '''Spongefan2

Plankton tries to make the town disappear.

73.The Secret House December 19, 2009  Written by: Spongefan2

Squidward thinks SpongeBob is hiding something in his house.

74. Patrick's Game.    December 19, 2009          Written by: MissAppear869

Patrick plays so many dragon games that he has lost his memory and thinks everything is fantasy.

'''75. Sandy Sings. December 19, 2009          Written by: '''MissAppear869

Sandy sings a song to SpongeBob.

76. Sea Bear Strikes Squidward!        December 19, 2009        Written by: MissAppear869

The Sea Bear has got its eyes on Squidward.

77. The Krabby Krab.     December 19, 2009        Written by: MissAppear869

People are buying more Krabby Patties than anything else, so Mr Krabs changes the name to the 'Krabby Krab' where everyone can eat a Krabby Patty.

78. Going to the Moon.        December 19, 2009          Written by: MissAppear869

Sandy is going to the moon but SpongeBob wants to go.

79. I Win!        December 19, 2009            Written by: MissAppear869

Mr Krabs wins $500.

80. Music to My Ears.          December 19, 2009            Written by: MissAppear869

Squidward loves music so much that he listens to it every day.

81. My Tighty Whiteys!  December 19, 2009      Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob's tighty-whiteys have shrunken and there are no more pairs left!

'''82. A Shooting Star! Decembeer 19, 2009           Written by: '''MissAppear869

Sandy has spoted a shooting star.

83. Wishes have come ture.        December 19, 2009          Written by: MissAppear869

Everyone's wishes are coming ture.

84. The war is on!         December 19, 2009            Written by: MissAppear869

Mr Krabs and Plankton are having a big war!

85. Ka-ra-tay!       December 19, 2009         Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob and Sandy both play a game of KA-RA-TAY!

86. Turn into babies!        December 19, 2009         Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob and the gang have turn into babies!

' 87.The Squirrel who lost her memory.         December 20, 2009           Written by: 'MissAppear869

Sandy loses her memory.

88. Scary nightmare!       December 20, 2009           Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob dreams that everyone is going to die in the future!

89-90. It's the End of the Bikini Bottom Paradise!       December 20, 2009         Written by: MissAppear869

Plankton sells fancy hats that have mind controls in them and will use the ones who wear it and destroy Bikni Bottom Paradise! Can SpongeBob and the gang foil Plankton's plans or will they join with Plankton and help him destroy the lovely Bikini Bottom Paradise?

Season 4 (2009)
91. Park of Fun!          December 20, 2009         Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob and Patrick goes to the Park that is really fun.

92. The Queen Jellyfish.         December 20, 2009            Written by: MissAppea869

SpongeBob meets the queen jellyfish.

93. The Box.        December 20, 2009           Written by: MissAppear869

Patrick finds a box.

94. Goodbye Bikini Bottom Paradise!          December 20,2009         Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob and the gang says goodbye and will return to Bikini Bottom.

95. Crane Skills          December 23, 2009             Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob has the skills to win a toy every time he plays the crane. Squidward wants SpongeBob to get his toy inside the crane.

96. Another Treedome         December 23, 2009              Written by: MissAppear869

Nico hates living with Sandy so she builts another treedome far away from Sandy.

'''97. FINDED! December 23, 2009         Written by: '''MissAppear869

Mr Krabs gets finded for not returning the book.

98. Disco Boogie!          December 23, 2009             Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob and the gang are all going to the disco but Plankton tries to crash the party!

99. That's Gothic.            December 23, 2009            Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob and the gang turn gothic!!!

'''100-101-102. Happy 100th Episode! December 23, 2009       Written by: '''MissAppear869

It's the 100th episode and SpongeBob and the gang is going to view some of the greatest moments from Season 1-4. Happy 100th Episode get your popcorn ready before it's too late!

103. Just Like 1992.         December 23, 2009          Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob rember the year that he met Patrick.

104. Fireflies in our City.        December 23, 2009          Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob sees alot of fire flies at the night.

105. The Witch!          December 23, 2009          Written by: MissAppear869

There is a witch flying everywhere around the Bikini Bottom and SpongeBob, Patrick, Sandy, Squidward and Mr Krabs has to stop her.

106. Pineapple Of Horror       December 27, 2009         Written by: William Leonard

The most gruesome collection of SpongeBob horror stories you'll ever watch!

'''107. Santa or SATAN? December 23, 2009       Written by: William Leonard'''

Plankton kidnaps Santa and replaces him with an evil robot!

108. Danger Zone.          December 25, 2009         Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob and Patrick both hit the Danger Zone.

109. Shopping Madness.        December 25, 2009           Written by: MissAppear869

It is Boxing Day and everyone including SpongeBob and the gang go out of control!

110. No Work!             December 25, 2009           Witten by: MissAppear869

Squidward has a day-off and he can finally rest.

111. Just a Snow Day          December 25, 2009             Written by: MissAppear869

Looks like the Bikini Bottom is starting to snow!

112. Snowball Fights           December 25, 2009         Written by: MissAppear869

The fights has begin. SpongeBob and the gang shall fight and see who will win!

113. Full Moon Fever           December 25, 2009           Written by: Quickster968

Patrick has been biten by a wolf and some how got the Full Moon Fever!

114. Witch Returns.       December 25, 2009          Written by: Quickster968

The Witch has come back for more spells!

115. Robots Are Back!       December 25, 2009         Written by: Quickster968

Robots are going to destroy the Bikini Bottom!

116. 10 Years Later.....       December 29, 2009         Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob wondred what will happen in 10 years time.

117. Notes       December 29, 2009          Written by: MissAppear869

Mr Krabs keeps leaving notes everywhere in the Bikini Bottom.

118. Shiny Jar        December 29, 2009        Written by: MissAppear869

Mr Krabs finds a jar that is shniy gold and he wanta it.

Season 5 (2010)
Every episode but the first are Anime Crossovers.

119. Pineapple of Horror II January 20, 2010 Written by: JellyfishJam38

Blood and guts galore in the second installment of the Pineapple Of Horror series!

Note:This Is Rated TV-14. In the UK, it is rated 12.

120. Higurashi no Sponge July 4, 2010 Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob and his friends were watching Higurashi! Everyone got scared and had nightmares about it. Patrick, suddenly went crazy and start chasing people with a knife! The rest of SpongeBob's friends also went crazy! SpongeBob remeberd that moive that his friends were watching, they all turn into them! When Plankton stole the Krabby Patty formla, SpongeBob killed Plankton and became a murder!! Can this madness stop!? In the end, Funimation say they cancelled Higurashi.

Note: Due to it being too scary, this episode is banned from Nickelodeon and airs on Adult Swim rated TV MA and Nicktoons Network airs it edited to get a TV-Y7-FV rating at the orders of the US Goverment. However, it was felt the episode was ruined by the editing, so it was never aired on NickToons again. It airs uncut on [mailto:Nick@Nite Nick@Nite] though. In the UK, it is rated 12. It also aired on HBO Zone along with Pineapple of Horror II using Nicktoons Network's masters. It aired on Nicktoons Network again in 2011 by mistake with a TV-Y7-FV rating.

Another Note: First appearance of Daria

'''121. Sponge Rumble! July 4, 2010 Written by: '''MissAppear869

It's the first day of School and SpongeBob and the gang have return!

122. Ouran High school Sponge Club July 4, 2010 Written by: MissAppear869

Sandy has been trying to find a place where she can study but when she entered the Music Room, a club was there. SpongeBob who is the leader of the club thinks tht Sandy is a boy and thinks that she wants to join them.

123. Sponge Eater July 5,2 010 Written by: MissAppear869

A world were people were born as wepons. SpongeBob and Sandy fight through evil and shall collect 99 kesin souls and one witch soul. When they defeated Pearl the whale witch, it turn out to be that they lost all their soul collecting! Meanwhile, Patrick and Mindy havn't collect a single soul beacuse Patrick was too busy showing off! Squidward who loves everything perfect and his two parnters Squidlina and Nico. (There will be more on the plot)

124. The Melancholy of Sandy Cheeks July 6, 2010 Written by: MissAppear869

It was the first day of school! Squidward never belived in Santa, Aliens and all those fantasy stuff. When he met Sandy who belives in Aliens, Espers, Time Travelers, Squidward was shocked! One day, Sandy decided to make a club of imaginary stuff. She found members like Squidlina, SpongeBob and Mindy to join the club called the SOS. TO BE CONTINUED....

125. The Suite Life of Squidward Written by: Weirdo Guy

Squidward wakes up to find that SpongeBob dissappeared. Everything was going great for him until Patrick forced everyone to look for SpongeBob.

126. Sponge Peice July 12, 2010 Written by: MissAppear869

SpongeBob is gonna find the One Peice with the help of his crew and friends. When he finds it he will be KING OF THE PIRATES!

127. Bleach (SpongeBob) July 13, 2010 Written by: MissAppear869

When there is an hallow coming, SpongeBob can see them even Soul Repers! Nico came to save him but when she was caught when SpongeBob found her, Nico can't belive what just he see!! Other people from SpongeBob school like Sandy, Patrick and Squidward came to join group when Nico was taken away. TO BE CONTINUED.....

128. Higurashi no Sponge Kai July 13, 2010 Written by: MissAppear869

The story of Episode 120 continues!

129. Negima (SpongeBob) July 13, 2010 Written by: MissAppear869

Where there is a world of Magic and Wizards, they exsict in this world. 10 year-old kid SpongeBob, came to Japan to teach, one person saw him use his magic and her name is Sandy!! If he uses his magic in public, he'll turn into a animal and lose his magic for good. Luckly Sandy won't tell anyone beacuse she has bad memory. If SpongeBob can make it all the way to being a Thousand Master without getting caught, then he'll sure to complete his goal. Can he become a Thousand Master just like his dad was? Or will he fail and let the others know his sceret?

'''130. Lucky Sponge! July 15, 2010 Written by: '''MissAppear869

Lucky Star in SpongeBob Style!

Note: Last Apperance of Daria until Season 50 episode The Countdown.

131. NOT ANOTHER SAILOR MOON CROSSOVER July 16, 2010 Written by: TBD

The Cast of Sailor Moon visit the Bikni Bottom again.

Season 6 (2010)
132. Another Bad day July 15, 2010 Written by: MissAppear869

Mr Krabs has a Bad day and everything goes wrong.

133. Sandy in WonderLand July 15, 2010 Written by: MissAppear869

Sandy goes to WonderLand!

134. Fruit Pirates! July 15, 2010 Written by: MissAppear869

Sandy had a machine that you can go into games and play there. What happens if Sandy's machine breaks? Will they survive and get out? Or will they stay there '''FOREVER!!!?? '''

135. Traveling Through Time July 21, 2010 Written by: MissAppear869

'''PART ONE! '''When SpongeBob died, Patrick, Sandy, Mr. Krabs, Pearl and Squidward all were sad. (Except for Squidward but was sad at the same time) Day by day, it was quiet. Sandy has an idea! She builds a time machine to go back time and rescue SpongeBob. Patrick, Mr. Krabs, Squidward and Pearl all agreed to go. Can they save SpongeBob back in time or will they let him die again!?

136. Traveling Through Time (Part Two) July 21, 2010

PART TWO! The gang save SpongeBob back in time and return him to normal time! Woo-hoo! Football!

137. Pineapple of Horror III July 27, 2010 Written by: JellyfishJam38

SpongeBob accidentally wakes a mummy, everyone in Bikini Bottom are turned into flesh-eating mutants and SpongeBob and Squidward are trapped on a monster-infested planet on the terrorific (pun intended) third Pineapple of Horror installment.

138. Creatures of Chum July 28, 2010 Written by: JellyfishJam38

Plankton teams up with an evil scientist who helps him make monsters made of living chum that turn anything they touch into chum. With his new creatures, Plankton can turn the safe into chum and get the secret formula! Can Mr Krabs stop Plankton or will the evil (but tiny) mastermind succeed?

139. The Grand Roman Murder August 4, 2010 Written by: Mcb1209

SpongeBob finds out about his human Roman ancestor, Sponicus Annus Erianus, who murders Julius Caesar instead of his rival, Marcus Junius Brutus. SpongeBob and Patrick tries to change history by murdering Sponicus and Brutus a day before the actual date of Caesar's murder before poisoning Caesar while disguising as his servants before giving Caesar's authority to Mark Antony.

140. Never Go Back With Cheap Boss August 6, 2010 Written by: Mcb1209

After 11 years of working in the Krusty Krab, SpongeBob becomes tired of having a cheap boss, and threatens to destroy the Krusty Krab if Mr. Krabs is still cheap within 5 days.

141. Horror of Horror August 9, 2010 Written By: Mcb1209, Kaz and JellyfishJam38

In this non-canon episode, Mr. Krabs dies in a car accident and his ghost haunts the Krusty Krab. Mrs. Puff throws her boating school to a dark-themed imagination, where ghosts and mummies, with an insane SpongeBob under command, demands her spiritual dimension as a gift to the collapsing universe. Patrick hears horrifying sounds from Squidward's house, and sees Squidward as he meditates and comes into contact with Krabs. Suddenly, Patrick is captured by vampires who eats him, just before Puff's vast spiritual dimension collapses on them as SpongeBob melts down. The universe is ended in a Big Crunch event, and a new universe is formed from Patrick's dusts.

Note: Due to its dark theme and constant violence, this episode has a rating of TV-MA and is banned from Nickelodeon. It airs on Cartoon Network's Adult Swim on a semi-regular basis. Children under 17 are not allowed to watch this episode. However, the MPAA are harsher rating SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures episodes and it is rated 12 in the UK. Mcb1209 Left this show after this episode because the crew is going to produce SpongeBob and All of His Friends in the Computer. It airs on Nicktoons Network every Halloween heavily edited.

142. Pat's Worst Party August 9, 2010 Written by: Jill Talley

Patrick's cousins and also a family friend named Ando visits Patrick's house. Patrick blames Ando for giving him the worst party ever. Ando is forced to leave, but not before leaving important traces to Patrick. SpongeBob and Mr. Krabs are called to investigate the traces, while Ando disappears after going to Neptune's palace in Atlantis.

143. Investigation Square (Part 1) August 12, 2010 Written by: Jill Talley

SpongeBob and Krabs' investigation brings them to Vulcan City, where Ando is born. It is revealed that Ando is leader of the White Attack Organization, in which Patrick is a honorary member and target of kidnapping by a mysterious human organization from France. In New Atlantis, Ando appears and gathers a large army to protect Patrick from the kidnappers. However, the kidnappers manages to take Patrick away. SpongeBob and Krabs receives a call from Deep Jacket, telling them to return to Bikini Bottom.

144. Investigation Square (Part 2) August 12, 2010 Written by: Joe Murray (AS A GUEST WRITER AND STORYBOARD ARTIST)

SpongeBob and his cheap boss returns to Bikini Bottom, only to find Patrick's house ransacked and Patrick missing. Deep Jacket's assistant, none other than Princess Mindy, comes to assist, and they concludes that Patrick is kidnapped by the Black Solidarity Organization from Toulouse, and goes to Toulouse. Meanwhile, the organization uses Patrick's secret files to find Ando's strongholds around Ukulele Bottom, a city near Bikini Bottom. SpongeBob and Krabs arrives just as organization officials brought Patrick to Ukulele Bottom. However, Krabs hijacks the aircraft used by the organization. Both Krabs and SpongeBob are thrown out of the aircraft when it lands somewhere in Simon Desert near New Atlantis.

145. Investigation Square (Part 3) August 13, 2010 Written by: Joe Murray

SpongeBob and Krabs walks to New Atlantis, where they meets Deep Jacket, which is actually Ando. Stanley, SpongeBob's cousin, appears with an important document from Ando's spies. It is revealed that Patrick is used by the organization to gain control of Ukulele Bottom before securing access to Bikini Bottom. SpongeBob, Krabs, Ando, Stanley and Patrick's cousins goes to Ukulele Bottom, secretly staying behind enemy garrisons. They sneaks to the enemy camps under disguise to find Patrick, without any results. As a result, they agrees to stay behind during the attack of Rock Bottom, and after the city is occupied by the Black Solidarity Organization, they decides to go to the city hall, where they hides in the middle of a meeting about Patrick's eventual fate and the development of an interstellar rocket from another of Patrick's secret files. They notices that Patrick is held captive somewhere in Vulcan City.

146. Investigation Square (Part 4) August 16, 2010 Written by: Joe Murray

The group arrives in Vulcan City, and after an investigation involving the city government, they stumbles upon a Korean War-era bunker near the city. They attacks the bunker, and brings Patrick away from his captors. Through telephone, Ando orders the White Attack Organization to attack Ukulele Bottom. With the help of rebels stationed between Ukulele Bottom and Rock Bottom, Ukulele Bottom is liberated. The leader of Black Solidarity Organization is revealed to be ManRay and Dirty Bubble. SpongeBob and Patrick defeats both of them in a duel, and throws them to prison. White Attack Organization celebrates their victory in the Krusty Krab, with Krabs personally serving Krabby Patties.

147. The Niihau Chaos August 17, 2010 Written by: Jill Talley, Joe Murray and Kaz

Chaos ensues as SpongeBob and Patrick goes on a voyage to Niihau County and its dreadful cities.

148. Stanley to the Rescue August 17, 2010 Written by: Kaz

SpongeBob is distracted by a trick from Plankton, who wants the secret formula. With Mr. Krabs and Squidward captured by Plankton's henchmen, it is up to SpongeBob's cousin Stanley to protect the secret formula from Plankton and save SpongeBob, Mr. Krabs and Squidward.

149. Luxurious Star Thought August 19, 2010 Written by: Joe Murray

SpongeBob and Patrick moves to the luxurious White Cloud Utopia with Gary the Snail. Mr. Krabs hires back his old fry cook, Jim, to replace SpongeBob.

NOTE: Joe Murray, The creator of Rocko's Modern Life and Camp Lazo becomes a worker for SpongeBob productions starting with this episode.

150. Army of Disaster August 24, 2010 Written by: Jill Talley

Mr. Krabs and Jim becomes embroiled in a political scandal. SpongeBob and Patrick are hired as cashiers in the White Cloud Supermarket. Their first day looks good, until a tragedy will face them with the political scandal.

Season 7 (2010)
151. The King's Last Days August 25, 2010 Written by: Joe Murray

An overlook into King Krabs' last 30 days and a great succession crisis as he suffers from an incurable illness 23 years after SpongeBob and Patrick defeats Planktonimor.

152. Tired of Going August 27, 2010 Written by: Kaz

SpongeBob is sick and Patrick is forced to find a temporary partner to work with in the supermarket.

153. Call of Captain Sponge August 28, 2010 Written by: Jill Talley

SpongeBob and Patrick's antics gets them trapped in the universe of Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2. They accidentally kill Captain Price, and program the ICBM that Captain Price launches earlier to destroy Washington D.C.

NOTE: This episode is banned from YTV in Canada due to it's black humor along with Screams. This airs on Nicktoons Network uncut on the Nicktoons Network on demand service while it is edited on the Network itself.

154. Birth Technology August 30, 2010 Written by: JellyfishJam38

Sandy is proven to be infertile. So, she and SpongeBob, who visits Bikini Bottom, goes to the doctor, who recommends a poorly-executed in vitro fertilization.

155. First Wishing August 30, 2010 Written by: Butch Hartman (FOR THIS EPISODE TO BEGIN AS JOB ON SpongeBob STUFF)

Through manipulation, Timmy Turner lends his fairy godparents, Cosmo and Wanda, to Patrick, who angers SpongeBob and Jorgen von Strangle for his disastrous wishes.

156. Thou Shalt Live September 2, 2010 Written by: Joe Murray

White Cloud Utopia is slated for destruction due to poor environment, and SpongeBob and Patrick leads a massive exodus out of the luxurious city. SpongeBob is rehired in the Krusty Krab, while Jim acquires a large castle. Patrick returns to his rock-shaped house.

157. Dark Band Days September 3, 2010 Written by: Kaz

This episode begins from the end of the original SpongeBob SquarePants show's Season 2 episode Band Geeks. SpongeBob collapses after singing due to exhaustion, and Patrick and Squidward searches for a witch who can heal SpongeBob.

158. The Work Feud September 3, 2010 Written by: Derek Drymon

Squidward demands for larger wages from Mr. Krabs. When Krabs refuses, Squidward stages a coup with Plankton and temporarily becomes the manager of Krusty Krab, until Krabs gives him 1.000 dollars. 2 weeks later, after being convinced by SpongeBob, Krabs gives Squidward 1.000 dollars.

159. Lord of Fun September 5, 2010 Written by: Kaz

SpongeBob and Patrick encounters the Lord of Fun. The lord teaches SpongeBob and Patrick real fun. But this turns out to be an elaborate trap by Plankton.

160. Tiny Be Big September 6, 2010 Written by: Kaz

Plankton uses his invention to make himself large and able to fight Krabs. But the plan ends as Plankton is contacted by his rebellious cousin, Clem.

161. The Past Fancy Boy September 15, 2010 Written by: Kaz

Squilliam discloses how he gets so much wealth by disguising as an oil tycoon and taking over his corporation by dangerous tricks.

162. Pineapple of Horror IV September 22, 2010 Written by: Joe Murray and his brother.

SpongeBob awakes the dead in a graveyard on accident! All all headed to eat SpongeBob's house...and later try to kill the citizens of Bikini Bottom!

Note: This episode was supposed to be skipped on Nickelodeon due to violence, however aired on accident on September 22, 2010 with a TV-14-V. This was a minor controversy and it was later again aired on Nickelodeon, heavily edited with a TV-Y7-FV.

However, it is aired uncut on Nick@Nite.

Season 8 (2010)
This season is known as "The Magic Imagination Season" aside from one episode.

163. SpongeBob WizardPants September 23, 2010 Written by: JellyfishJam38

SpongeBob finds out he is a wizard and attends the wizarding school Sharkwarts where he learns lots of spells and meets new friends. After leaving for the holidays, he decides to perform his newly learned magic on Squidward!

164. Sandy's Curse September 24, 2010 Written by: JellyfishJam38

Patrick messes with SpongeBob's wand and it gives a curse to Sandy which makes her grow weaker every day!

165. The Writing on the Wall September 25, 2010 Written by: JellyfishJam38

Everyone else goes to Bowser's Castle! All is fun until Squidward notices some strange writing on the wall and that Gary has been Koopafied and Bowser done this! What is the secret of the writing?

166. The Curse of Bowser September 28, 2010 Written by: JellyfishJam38

The mystery begins to unfold, and some people even believe SpongeBob is the Curse of Bowser. All the while, more people are being Koopafied, including Sandy. Can SpongeBob put a stop to this before Bowser gets everyone else Koopafied, or even killed?Or worse:Brain washed by Bowser

167. The Final Battle October 1, 2010 Written by: JellyfishJam38

SpongeBob and Patrick find all the remaining clues of the mystery. Then they face Giant Bowser, and gets defeated by him in a magical battle then Bowser throws him to the underground dungeon.

168. Pineapple of Horror V October 2, 2010 Written by: JellyfishJam38

SpongeBob and the gang star in the bloodiest and scariest Pineapple of Horror installment yet!

NOTE: The episode is rated TV-14-V but is extremely heavily edited on Nickelodeon to get a TV-Y7-FV. Critics disliked the edited version due to most of the funny parts being cut. On Nick@Nite it is still rated TV-14 but some of the blood is edited down. It still keeps the jokes though. It is only aired uncut on Adult Swim.

169. Lose Magic October 5, 2010 Written by: Kaz and Joe Murray's brother

A mysterious evil force strips all Koopaling students of magic. SpongeBob realizes that the original source of power for Bowser still exists in the Valley of Bowser. He goes there with Mr. Krabs and Squidward and Battles Bowser there and retrieve the original power.

170. The Document of Hiscop October 5, 2010 Written by: Joe Murray

A new student, Hiscop, comes to school, only to be found dead inside his room a night later. SpongeBob finds pieces of Hiscop's personal document scattered on the floor, and the document leads him to the Hall of the Magic.

171. Sponge's Magic Duel October 7, 2010 Written by: Kaz

SpongeBob is involved in a magic duel with a fellow Sharkwarts student, Argon, after Argon accuses SpongeBob of killing Hiscop.

172. Prepare for a Thing, a Magic October 8, 2010 Written by: Kaz

Leif Erikson Day comes, and SpongeBob goes home to Bikini Bottom for a vacation. However, he causes chaos by his magic. Fearing arrest, SpongeBob swiftly returns to Sharkwarts.

173. Get Your Party October 9, 2010 Written by: Jill Talley

A party is held in Sharkwarts, and Patrick decides to make a magical demonstration. SpongeBob and Squidward are ready to help.

174. Quitting Away Student October 9, 2010 Written by: Kaz

Due to a magical mishap which causes much destruction to the school, Patrick is fired by the Lead Magician, Master Konzoban. With only a piece of bread, Patrick returns to Bikini Bottom.

175. You Arrogant Person October 10, 2010 Written by: Joe Murray and his brother

A student, Conpus, rebels and kills all senior magicians, including Master Konzoban. After inflicting considerable damages to the school building, SpongeBob and Mr. Krabs kills Conpus.

176. Our New Leader October 10, 2010 Written by: Jill Talley

With much support, Squidward becomes the leader of the school. Unfortunately, he fares badly and more and more students leave the broken school after a mayhem with magic.

177. We are the Warriors October 10, 2010 Written by: Derek Drymon

SpongeBob and the gang (except for Patrick, who leaves earlier), are left as the only people staying in Sharkwarts. They faces problem when Giga Bowser comes, and fights the gigantic Koopa King.

178. And Now The Lasts October 10, 2010 Written by: Kaz

After an accident,Bowsers source of magic runs out of magic, and the rest of the gang returns to Bikini Bottom, except for SpongeBob, Squidward and Mr. Krabs. They tries to bring new students to school, but fails.Meanwhile at Bowser's Castle.Bowser plans to get his magic back from Squidward

179. Bowser's Revenge October 10, 2010 Written by: Youtube Poop

Squidward is gone, and Krabs finds a letter saying that Squidward is kidnapped by Bowser.They go to Bowser's castle and battles Bowser.But Bowser use his magic to become more powerful.But The 2 Heros used They 5 Golden Pingas to be powerful.

180. One Glass of Party October 12, 2010 Written by: Kaz

Squidward and Krabs returns to Bikini Bottom. SpongeBob, now lonely but forced to stay at Bowser's castle for an additional 5 days after missing the bus, holds a tea party with The Koopalings. But Bowser wouldn't let that happen.

181. Hotel Mario:The Quest for Dinner October 17, 2010 Written by: Chaofantic

Mario and Mama luigi must get dinner by gathering 1295 rubes before Bowser and the koopalings do too!

182. SpongeBob Wants Sandy's Spaghetti October 17, 2010 Written by: Youtube Poop

SpongeBob and Patrick go to Sandys treedome. But they soon reliaze that Sandy now works for Bowser.

Season 9 (2010)
183. The Safe Shower October 19, 2010 Written by: Jill Talley

Plankton's experiment causes Mount Cosmos near Goo Lagoon to erupt. SpongeBob and Patrick evacuates people from Bikini Bottom and successfully prevents the destruction of Bikini Bottom.

184. Bad Big Burger October 20, 2010 Written by: Joe Murray and his brother

Under suggestion of Plankton, disguising as Squidward, Mr. Krabs sells the Big Krabby Patty Deluxe, which proves to be poisonous and results in Krabs' arrest. In a show trial, SpongeBob tries to defend Krabs, only for Krabs to be sentenced to death. However, SpongeBob reaches a deal with Judge John Kilkack, and Krabs is freed.

185. People of Experience October 23, 2010 Written by: Butch Hartman

Squidward wins Squilliam's airplane company. He uses Mr. Krabs, who helped Squidward to get the company, to rule over the company on behalf of the inexperienced Squidward. However, SpongeBob causes confusion with his antics.

186. Plankton, Election, Fish, Coup October 23, 2010 Written by: Kaz

Plankton and Karen moves away to the United States and takes over the nation from President Barack Obama. SpongeBob protects the Krabby Patty secret formula from Plankton's cousin Clem.

187. Dumb-Minded Congress October 24, 2010 Written by: Jill Talley and JellyfishJam38

Plankton tries to pass the No Krabby Patty Act, but meets some resistances from the Congress. He passes the act, much to the public's dismay.

188. Pineapple of Horror VI October 31, 2010 Written by: JellyfishJam38

SpongeBob and the gang return for more scary adventures, this time one of the highlights being a showdown between SpongeBob and his evil clone, Spengbab!

189. Revolution Plankton November 2, 2010 Written by: Kaz

A revolution happens in the United States, and Plankton runs away to Bikini Bottom, leaving Karen behind. SpongeBob and Squilliam tries to retrieve Karen.

190. Spongy Unlucky November 5, 2010 Written by: Joe Murray and his brother.

SpongeBob and Squilliam are captured by American rioters, and locked in Alcatraz, escaping to Bikini Bottom with a policeman's help.

NOTE: Joe Murray and his brother got ideas to make the episode while studying on Alcatraz while the policeman that voiced the policeman in this episode was arresting Amercian rioters.

191. The Cashier Coup November 5, 2010 Written by: Kaz

Squidward quits his job after a fight with Mr. Krabs and moves away to Atlantis. Mr. Krabs hires Patrick as the new cashier.

192. New Life, New Audition November 12, 2010 Written by: Butch Hartman

After finding success in a clarinet audition, Squidward becomes a famed clarinetist in Atlantis. He performs in King Neptune's palace, and becomes his personal clarinetist. SpongeBob tries to bring Squidward back to Bikini Bottom.

193. Every O'Enemy November 13, 2010 Written by: Jill Talley

Squidward meets Squilliam in Atlantis, and is involved in a fight which results in Squidward being banished from Neptune's palace. With uncertain future, he returns to Bikini Bottom and works again in the Krusty Krab.

194. Institution of Stupidity November 14, 2010 Written by: Stephen Hillenburg

After causing chaos with his new talk show, Patrick is sent to a brain institution by Squidward.

NOTE: This episode was made by Klasky-Csupo due to United Plankton Productions' HQ being repaired due to a broken water pipe on the first floor. This episode had the characters off model with Plankton and Sandy in their forms from the pilot pitch episode of Family Sponge, the Krusty Krab having it's sign in it's form from the episode "Nasty Patty", the french fries looking like bowtie french fries, all the things and people from every episode and season appearing, and the Chum Bucket being in the color orange.

195. Program Sailor November 14, 2010 Written by: JellyfishJam38

While Plankton is away, Mr. Krabs is forced to fix Karen's malfunctioning program with SpongeBob and Patrick.

196. Legacy in Dark Past November 16, 2010 Written by: Kaz

To win the prestigious Primetime Biography Award, Squidward tries to write a biography of himself. SpongeBob wants to help him.

197. Cousin Joins Us November 19, 2010 Written by: Butch Hartman

Plankton's cousin Clem becomes the vice manager of Krusty Krab. Plankton uses Clem as a link between him, Mr. Krabs and the secret formula.

198. Game in a Hand November 19, 2010 Written by: Jill Talley

Patrick challenges SpongeBob to a game of chess, and Patrick wins. SpongeBob, suspecting that Patrick is cheating, challenges Patrick to a basketball match.

199. The Great Surrender November 20, 2020 Written by: C.H. Greenblatt

Lord Valkas returns to have his revenge on SpongeBob, but faces Plankton instead. Plankton defeats and kills Valkas.

The producers of P&F did this episode and it was the WORST EPISODE EVER! However, It was reanimated in Adobe Flash Mix to avoid off modelness! :)

200. Hardest and Needless November 21, 2010 Written by: Jill Talley

SpongeBob and Patrick looks back to the moment they met for the first time. Mr. Krabs' long-lost father, Victor Krabs, comes to Rock Bottom in search of his son.

201. The Lost Offspring November 21, 2010 Written by: Kaz

Victor gets a job as a cleaner in Rock Bottom in order to get money for transportation to Bikini Bottom. Patrick holds a party with some friends, but angers them.

202. Holiday Reunion Enough November 23, 2010 Written by: Kaz

SpongeBob and Patrick go to Rock Bottom on a vacation. Victor becomes an employee in a local hotel in order to get close to them.

Season 10 (2010)
203. Divide and Complication November 23, 2010 Written by: Luke Brookshier

After solving a problem with fellow hotel employees, Victor follows SpongeBob and Patrick all the way to Bikini Bottom, and enlists SpongeBob's help to meet his son. Victor and Eugene Krabs were finally reunited. Betsy Krabs joins them and Victor is accepted in Betsy's house.

204. Bad Bad Treatment November 23, 2010 Written by:

Patrick is sick, and he is given bad medical treatment, which results in him falling into a coma. SpongeBob tries to find a cure for Patrick.

205. Meteor of Doom November 25, 2010 Written by:

A meteor falls and explodes near Bikini Bottom. Under SpongeBob and Patrick's lead, local citizens tries to clean their environment and extinguish pollution from the meteorite.

206. New Urgent Call November 25, 2010 Written by:

Nickelodeon executives wants to buy the Krusty Krab, but Mr. Krabs and his father Victor tries to avoid the purchase through a lengthy negotiation.

207. Deserting One November 25, 2010 Written by:

A bored Squidward deserts his job at the Krusty Krab and moves away to New Kelp City. A man from England named William Flonty becomes the new cashier.

208. Contract and Sabotage November 26, 2010 Written by:

Squidward becomes a famous clarinetist in New Kelp City. He is offered a multi-billion contract by Bigshot Records, but Squilliam tries to sabotage the contract. Squidward is forced to stop Squilliam.

209. Spongestellar Voyage November 26, 2010 Written by:

Eugene and Victor Krabs builds a great interstellar spaceship for an exploration on Mars, and SpongeBob, Patrick, William and Sandy follows them.

210. The Rough Times November 30, 2010 Written by:

Squidward is fired from Bigshot Records after a dispute with senior executives, and gets hired in White Wing Records. Soon, a dispute between the two companies grow.

211. Faraway Tentacles November 30, 2010 Written by:

Squidward embarks on a tour to Egypt, but gets captured by police there after being accused of carrying important files for a rebellion movement. After an investigation involving SpongeBob and Patrick, Squidward is freed. He chooses to go to Russia, and becomes a famous clarinetist there.

212. Money of Moscow November 30, 2010 Written by:

Squidward fights a Russian policeman for mistreating him, and gets captured. He is brought to the court, and with SpongeBob's important help, he gets deported back to Bikini Bottom, and becomes a cashier, working with Flonty.

213. The Father Farm November 30, 2010 Written by:

While visiting a public farm near Bikini Bottom, SpongeBob meets his father, who was the new farm owner. A group of investors wants to seize the farm, and SpongeBob and his father fights them.

214. A Tired Plankton December 2, 2010 Written by:

Plankton is tired of trying to steal the Krabby Patty, and tries to reconcile with Krabs. Ultimately, he and Karen becomes members of the Board of Managers.

215. Aging Age of Time December 5, 2010 Written by:

After 11 years in the Krusty Krab, SpongeBob is tired of working and quits his job. This causes a worldwide media sensation. SpongeBob becomes a waiter in Goofy Goober's new cafe. Flonty becomes the new fry cook.

216. Fancy O'Legacy December 5, 2010 Written by:

Mr. Krabs constructs the Eugene Krabs National Monument, but citizens of Bikini Bottom, including Squidward and SpongeBob, aims to stop Krabs.

217. Our New Cafe Leader December 7, 2010 Written by:

SpongeBob becomes the manager of Goofy Goober's cafe, and makes the cafe famous. Mr. Krabs begs for SpongeBob's return, and he works as a fry cook with Flonty.

218. The Secret Rescue December 8, 2010 Written by:

Plankton successfully protected the secret formula from being stolen by Squilliam.

219. High School December 9, 2010 Written by:

SpongeBob and friends attend Bikini Bottom High, full of bullies, mean teachers, and more! Can they turn the school around?

220. Sensation Out December 16, 2010 Written by:

SpongeBob is jealous of Flonty's rising fame in Bikini Bottom, and tries to kick him out of the Krusty Krab.

221. When He Comes December 29, 2010 Written by:

Flonty's parents are coming, and Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy helps him to look like a smart professor.

222. Clash of the Worlds December 30, 2010 Written by:

SpongeBob and friends finds out about SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures, and sues the show creator through SpongeBob Fanon Wiki.

Season 11 (2011)
223. Futuristic Neptune January 3, 2011 Written by:

Neptune tries to make Atlantis the most advanced civilization in the world and employs Sandy to make useful inventions.

224. No Krabs Owner January 11, 2011 Written by:

A cruel Brazilian entrepreneur, Juan Rosorey, buys the Krusty Krab and throws Mr. Krabs to prison. SpongeBob and Patrick plans to free Mr. Krabs from prison.

225. Squilliam Dictator Fancyson January 14, 2011 Written by:

Squilliam takes over Bikini Bottom by force and banishes Mr. Krabs and his employees out of Bikini Bottom. Krabs begins a massive revolution, which ends in a showdown between SpongeBob and Squilliam.

'''226. Fame or Framed? January 15, 2011 Written by:'''

SpongeBob and friends attend the Bikini Bottom Food Conference, but this is an attempt by Squilliam to capture them.

227. The Ancestor's Life February 19, 2011 Written by:

SpongeBob discovers a book about the life of his ancestor, SpongeBuck SquarePants, from SpongeBuck's boring childhood to his tenure as the first President of Bikini Bottom.

228. One Good Visit February 20, 2011 Written by:

Mr. Krabs goes on a visit to Ukulele Bottom, where he faces a great danger to rescue himself from eternal misery.

229. Krusty Parade February 22, 2011 Written by:

SpongeBob, Squidward and Flonty creates a parade in the Krusty Krab, which is a big success. Plankton tries to sabotage the circus.

230. People of Music March 9, 2011 Written by:

Plankton and Patrick establishes the Chum Radio, a radio station. However, they fights over the songs, and the station gone bankrupt.

231. Celebrity on Holiday March 15, 2011 Written by:

SpongeBob and friends goes on a long vacation in Paris, and all SpongeBob-themed shows enters a hiatus, causing a great media sensation.

232. Back from Unheard July 28, 2011 Written by:

After a long rest in Paris, SpongeBob and friends return to Bikini Bottom. They are forced to solve many problems upon arrival.

233. The Emergency Boss July 30, 2011 Written by:

Mr. Krabs suffers a heart attack, and Squidward becomes the temporary boss in the Krusty Krab.

234. A Simple Puzzle August 7, 2011 Written by:

Squilliam tries to steal the secret formula and distracts SpongeBob with a massive puzzle to finish and fancy magazines.

235. A Boss on Charge August 8, 2011 Written by:

SpongeBob, Squidward and Flonty celebrates the "Boss Day" and tries to give an elaborate party for Mr. Krabs and Bikini Bottom citizens.

236. Five Hands and One Stick August 13, 2011 Written by:

SpongeBob and Squidward battles each other in a karate competition.

237. World of Despair (Part 1) August 29, 2011 Written by:

SpongeBob and his friends are kidnapped and brought to Fancyson Island, where they meets Squilliam. With the power of karate, SpongeBob and friends tries to escape from prison.

238. World of Despair (Part 2) August 30, 2011 Written by:

After the dreadful escape from prison, SpongeBob and friends are involved in a helicopter chase with Squilliam, who escapes when a hurricane approaches. Patrick disappears, and the gang embarks on a mission to find Patrick.

239. World of Despair (Part 3) September 8, 2011 Written by:

The gang ends up in Old Kelp City, where they saves Princess Mindy from being killed by terrorists. The gang successfully tracks Squilliam, but not before they faces vicious giants who attacks Old Kelp City.

240. World of Despair (Part 4) September 12, 2011 Written by:

SpongeBob and friends defeats the giants, and discovers Squilliam's secret base. They attacks the base, and takes Squilliam hostage. They finds Patrick, but realizes that while they saves Patrick, Squilliam escapes. SpongeBob chases him to the Krusty Krab, where Squilliam is defeated. Squilliam is thrown to prison, and the gang celebrates their success.

241. Jungle Squid October 20, 2011 Written by:

Squidward goes to the Bikini Bottom Jungle in order to find enlightenment from the jungle's god, Askor.

242. Believers in Disbelieve October 30, 2011 Written by:

After an incident, SpongeBob spreads the news that the Last Judgment is coming, and a great panic occurs.

Season 12 (2011-2014)
243. The Valley Below November 4, 2011 Written by:

SpongeBob goes to the Valley of the Kings and solves a great Egyptian mystery.

244. Perfect Sponge November 7, 2011 Written by:

SpongeBob tries to appear perfect for the Bikini Bottom Independence Day celebrations.

245. Student Call of Distress December 9, 2011 Written by:

Patrick enters the boating school of Mrs. Puff, who was very stressed of Patrick's extremely low intelligence and his horrible way of driving.

246. Quality and Money January 17, 2012 Written by:

Mr. Krabs is arrested for using fake money, and SpongeBob and Squidward defends him in the court.

247. Squidward RichTentacles January 20, 2012 Written by:

Squidward becomes very rich and buys a mansion on the top of Seaweed Hill. SpongeBob and Patrick wants Squidward back.

248. One Big Contract February 8, 2012 Written by:

Plankton and Karen are offered a contract to play in a movie about the Krabby Patty secret formula.

249. Neptune and Friends February 9, 2012 Written by:

King Neptune's friends are coming, but Lord Royal Highness fears that Neptune's friends are going to take over Atlantis, and enlists SpongeBob, Patrick and Sandy's help.

250. The Sponge Railway February 20, 2012 Written by:

SpongeBob buys a railroad company. Flonty tries to pull him back to the Krusty Krab.

251. We Can't Respond April 12, 2012 Written by:

SpongeBob buys an airplane, but problem comes when SpongeBob ignores an important warning and gets trapped in a tornado.

252. Flonty vs. Plankton July 23, 2012 Written by:

Flonty's actions angers Plankton that he abruptly sues Flonty. Patrick defends Flonty.

253. One Kind Paranoid July 28, 2012 Written by:

Mr. Krabs becomes greatly paranoid, and Pearl brings him to a mental institution, where Krabs causes chaos.

254. The Chum Supermarket November 5, 2012 Written by:

Plankton and Patrick opens a supermarket, but the customers are badly treated there.

255. Special Destruction March 7, 2013 Written by:

Sandy's new invention causes Flonty to become insane, and he causes destruction all over Bikini Bottom.

256. The Eternal Fire March 15, 2013 Written by:

On a visit to New Atlantis, Patrick destroys the world's first and oldest fire. Soon, the Interpol is after him.

257. Dead Goofy Goober July 9, 2013 Written by:

Goofy Goober dies, and SpongeBob and Patrick takes over his restaurant. However, it turns out that Goofy Goober is only kidnapped. SpongeBob and Patrick rushes to rescue him.

258. Old Friend of the East May 12, 2014 Written by:

SpongeBob's old Japanese friend, Takijushi Masuraki, visits Bikini Bottom. However, Flonty reveals that Masuraki is his long-time rival, and tries to kill Masuraki.

259. When the Days Pass May 13, 2014 Written by:

Mr. Krabs buys the Diner restaurant, and establishes a restaurant empire.

260. Look to the Future June 1, 2014 Written by:

Squidward and Flonty are trapped inside a secret government freezer, and SpongeBob and friends tries to rescue them.

261. The Californian Wanderer June 7, 2014 Written by:

Being greatly stressed with SpongeBob and Patrick, Squidward goes to Los Angeles and lives there.

262. Agency Star June 8, 2014 Written by:

Patrick creates a military intelligence agency, and many people joins the agency.

Season 13 (2014-2015)
263. Victory is Hospital June 11, 2014 Written by:

Mr. Krabs opens the Krusty Hospital, and SpongeBob, Flonty and Squidward are forced to work there.

264. Another Unneeded Course June 19, 2014 Written by:

Patrick begs for Squidward to teach him how to drive, much to Squidward's annoyance.

265. Luckily Not Today June 20, 2014 Written by:

Flonty suspects that Masuraki is involved in a corruption case, and seeks to prove it.

266. Got Me Catch July 14, 2014 Written by:

After being arrested for a food scandal, Mr. Krabs is forced to work as a cashier in the Krusty Krab, which is managed by a stressed Plankton.

267. This is the Outrage July 16, 2014 Written by:

A stranger comes to Bikini Bottom and tells Squidward that he is destined to die. Horrified, Squidward tries to find a way to survive.

268. The Big Super Survival August 9, 2014 Written by:

SpongeBob, Patrick, Squidward, Flonty and Sandy joins Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy in their mission to fight the Confederate of Ultimate Worldwide Evil (CELTIVIL), consisting of both superheroes and SpongeBob's enemies.

269. Superhero Pants September 7, 2014 Written by:

SpongeBob turns himself into a superhero to impress Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy.

270. Great Crab Espionage September 30, 2014 Written by:

Mr. Krabs becomes involved in a German-based espionage mission, which causes troubles for him.

271. Not the Reality November 11, 2014 Written by:

Flonty is forced to face the consequences of his dark side and goes to a mental hospital. SpongeBob tries to destroy Flonty's dark side.

272. Another of Ghosts December 19, 2014 Written by:

Squidward employs scary ghosts to frighten his annoying neighbors, SpongeBob and Patrick.

273. When Another Departs March 12, 2015 Written by:

After a fight with SpongeBob, Patrick leaves Bikini Bottom, and wanders around the neighboring cities. SpongeBob and friends searches for Patrick.

274. Dumb Student Returns March 16, 2015 Written by:

SpongeBob is arrested for reckless driving, and his driver license is destroyed. As a result, he attends boating school again, angering Mrs. Puff.

275. The Kingly Clarinet March 17, 2015 Written by:

Squidward is invited to King Neptune's royal choir, and practices his clarinet playing. However, SpongeBob and Patrick always disturbs him.

276. SpongeBob RockPants April 7, 2015 Written by:

SpongeBob makes a band with Patrick, Squidward and Flonty. The band is very popular, and ManRay and Dirty Bubble wants to destroy the band.

277. Cross the Worlds May 22, 2015 Written by:

After an experience with a shaman, Squidward enters a mysterious world.

278. Every Ridicule May 23, 2015 Written by:

SpongeBob is ridiculed for his newest joke, and isolates himself from the outside world.

279. The Deadly Land May 28, 2015 Written by:

SpongeBob and Patrick mistakes the deadly Shark Island for a recreational park, and goes into a big trouble.

280. Project Squidland June 11, 2015 Written by:

Squidward attempts to create his paradise, but SpongeBob and Patrick ruins his attempt.

281. Cave of Horror July 17, 2015 Written by:

Patrick and Larry the Lobster are trapped inside the Cave of Horror, and they discovers a great secret.

282. The Magnificent Treasure of the Great Conqueror July 19, 2015 Written by:

SpongeBob and friends embarks on the search for an ancient treasure containing the dark secrets of Bikini Bottom and also various sacred things.

Season 14 (2015-2017)
283. A Thing for Trash July 22, 2015 Written by:

Patrick tries to recycle unused trash in his house. Squidward and SpongeBob joins him.

284. Praise the Irony August 4, 2015 Written by:

ManRay and Dirty Bubble takes over Bikini Bottom. SpongeBob, Patrick, Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy fights them.

285. Digital Divorce August 5, 2015 Written by:

Plankton and Karen decides to have a divorce, but their friends wants them to reconcile.

286. The Colony Witch August 11, 2015 Written by:

SpongeBob goes back in time to participate in the establishment of Bikini Gulch in 1783.

287. Our Eternal Freedom October 2, 2015 Written by:

SpongeBob campaigns for civil rights in Atlantis. King Neptune is angered and sentences SpongeBob to death.

288. No Need to Know December 16, 2015 Written by:

A doctor tells Mr. Krabs that he is going to die, and he tries to be generous for the last day of his life.

289. Clean House, Clean Place December 18, 2015 Written by:

Squidward cleans his house to win the Clean House Award. Patrick gets a diary, and writes on it for the first time.

290. Hail to the New King April 3, 2016 Written by:

As a result of poor conduct in Atlantis, Jupiter fires Neptune and makes Bacchus the new king.

291. One Squilliam Banned June 15, 2016 Written by:

Squilliam escapes from prison, and disguises as Pearl in order to steal the secret formula.

292. The Protective Person June 19, 2016 Written by:

A secret person from the Interpol follows SpongeBob everyday, for unknown reasons.

293. Surfing Sponge August 9, 2016 Written by:

Larry teaches SpongeBob the ways of surfing. SpongeBob wins the Surfing Cup in Goo Lagoon.

294. One Big Fancy September 12, 2016 Written by:

Mr. Krabs opens a new high-end restaurant, Krusty Fancy. He uses cheap ingredients which makes the restaurant famous for poisonous foods.

295. Sell and Open September 18, 2016 Written by:

Mr. Krabs sells the Diner restaurant and opens a large but cheap library. SpongeBob and Patrick are the employees.

296. Good Evil Allies December 9, 2016 Written by:

Squilliam allies with Masuraki in order to get the Krabby Patty secret formula.

297. Operation: Kill Squilliam January 18, 2017 Written by:

Squidward sends an unknown assassin to kill Squilliam.

298. Hard Times March 15, 2017 Written by:

King Neptune goes out of exile in SpongeBob's house and retakes Atlantis from Bacchus with SpongeBob and Patrick.

299. One Big Freeze March 27, 2017 Written by:

Sandy's experiment causes Bikini Bottom to become frozen, and SpongeBob and friends tries to return Bikini Bottom to normal.

300. The 300th Episode June 29, 2017 Written by:

SpongeBob and friends meet the creators of SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures and recalls the previous episodes. Patrick shows various clips from the previous episodes. A party is held in the Krusty Krab.

301. Bad Morning, World June 30, 2017 Written by:

Patrick is haunted by strange nightmares. SpongeBob feels strange about the Krusty Krab.

302. The Lost Science August 9, 2017 Written by:

Sandy searches for the "original" science in the Science Land; Flonty is called to the British Army and bids farewell to his friends.

Season 15 (2017-2018)
This season is known as "The IJLSA Season". 303. The Worlds of Evil August 11, 2017 Written by:

IJLSA goes to the Superhero Academy, but they are trapped by E.V.I.L. and a great battle happens.

304. Punish the Academy August 25, 2017 Written by:

A hybrid clone of The Quickster and Miss Appear, The Quick Appear, goes to the academy to punish the elders for selfishness. Academy heroes tries to stop The Quick Appear.

305. A Lightning in Light September 19, 2017 Written by:

ManRay uses his power to send a great lightning which will destroy the academy. The heroes destroy the lightning and fight ManRay in the Cave of Death.

306. Pineapple of Horror VII September 20, 2017 Written by:

The academy is thrown into a horror-themed world, and evil lightnings appear, threatening the academy. With no power, the heroes attempt to find a way out.

307. Heroes in a Kidnap September 23, 2017 Written by:

Mermaid Man mysteriously loses his superhero power and gets kidnapped by his enemies. IJLSA chases the kidnappers to the Superhero Hill.

308. Mission Light September 30, 2017 Written by:

Captain Magma is hypnotized and thinks that he is evil. He uses the power of the Sun to destroy Bikini Bottom with huge volcanic eruptions.

309. Activate the Chaos November 1, 2017 Written by:

Dirty Bubble activates a powerful system which throws the IJLSA heroes to a deadly trap in the middle of the Bikini Blood Forest.

310. Stay to Hunt November 5, 2017 Written by:

IJLSA is sent to hunt a man who sends evil power for E.V.I.L. However, problem ensues when Miss Appear loses her great power.

311. Stop This Nuclear November 5, 2017 Written by:

IJLSA is sent to stop a nuclear missile launch by E.V.I.L. directed at the Mermalair.

312. Order from Creature December 30, 2017 Written by:

After a fight, Captain Magma quits IJLSA and joins E.V.I.L. IJLSA is forced to stop Captain Magma from being used by E.V.I.L.

313. Out of Academy January 9, 2018 Written by:

A misunderstanding occurs, and IJLSA is kicked out of the Superhero Academy. The heroes try to return to the academy.

314. Heroes Under Fire (Part 1) January 10, 2018 Written by:

E.V.I.L. attacks Bikini Bottom and causes chaos. IJLSA comes to stop E.V.I.L. from advancing, but gets defeated while trying to stop a bank robbery by E.V.I.L.

315. Heroes Under Fire (Part 2) January 10, 2018 Written by:

IJLSA leads the Bikini Bottom National Police and traps E.V.I.L. inside a sewer system. However, evil soldiers employed by E.V.I.L. arrives.

316. Heroes Under Fire (Part 3) January 10, 2018 Written by:

IJLSA, E.V.I.L. and also 15 evil soldiers were involved in a spectacular showdown inside the Bikini Bottom Mall.

317. The Day, The Problem January 10, 2018 Written by:

After narrowly winning the showdown, IJLSA and scientists attempt to revive the unconscious Miss Appear. E.V.I.L. is chasing from behind.

318. The Daring Escape January 11, 2018 Written by:

IJLSA is forced to escape to Atlantis after E.V.I.L. takes over Bikini Bottom and kills President Willard and Mayor Milton.

319. Another Dark Day January 11, 2018 Written by:

Giant monsters attack Atlantis, and IJLSA bravely faces them in King Neptune's palace.

320. The Blaze of Horizon January 11, 2018 Written by:

IJLSA and E.V.I.L. are involved in a duel at New Kelp City. IJLSA tries to block E.V.I.L.'s route of advance.

321. The Army and The Police January 11, 2018 Written by:

With the help of the United States Army, IJLSA utilizes the environment of New Kelp City's city hall to trap E.V.I.L.

322. The Intrepid Power January 12, 2018 Written by:

As they retreats to the top of the New Kelp Tower, IJLSA knocks E.V.I.L. off the tower before escaping from incoming evil robots and their boss, Emperor Goobabo.

Season 16 (2018)
This season is known as "The Karate Island Season". 323. Master Cheeks February 15, 2018 Written by:

Sandy becomes the master of karate in Karate Island, and SpongeBob is jealous. He makes a plan to kill the karate master.

324. Curse of Karate Island February 27, 2018 Written by:

SpongeBob and Sandy finds the key to uncover the mysterious curse from the island's first karate master, Master Yanzong of the Ilkhanids. However, many karate masters worldwide were after them.

325. Pineapple of Horror VIII February 28, 2018 Written by:

Karate Island is doomed to destruction by vicious karate monsters and sea giants. SpongeBob and Sandy faces them and an insane evil clone of Patrick below great darkness and ghostly sounds.

326. To Get Rid of Udon March 10, 2018 Written by:

SpongeBob and Sandy makes a plan to get rid of Master Udon from Karate Island.

327. Our True Priests March 18, 2018 Written by:

SpongeBob and Sandy fight karate priests with full knowledge of karate before trying to get to Udon.

328. Time to Flee March 19, 2018 Written by:

After their attempt to get rid of Master Udon fails, SpongeBob and Sandy tries to escape from Karate Island, with their enemies chasing from behind.

329. The Darkness of All March 27, 2018 Written by:

SpongeBob and Sandy are thrown to prison below one of Udon's karate temple, where they learns the true meaning of karate.

330. For Karate Freedom March 30, 2018 Written by:

Now realizing the true meaning of karate, SpongeBob and Sandy escapes from prison and takes over Karate Island.

331. Coup d'Pants April 13, 2018 Written by:

Master Udon and his assistants stage a coup to regain Karate Island from SpongeBob and Sandy.

332. The Clarinet Prisoner April 15, 2018 Written by:

Squidward arrives in Karate Island to be crowned as the King of Clarinets, but he is kidnapped and SpongeBob must save Squidward within 6 hours, or Master Udon will execute him.

333. Enemies on Holiday April 23, 2018 Written by:

Karate Island Holiday comes, and SpongeBob and Sandy holds a karate tournament with Master Udon and his assistants. Squidward becomes the stage cleaner.

334. The Great Agent October 3, 2018 Written by:

After a long holiday, Master Udon renews his hostility to SpongeBob and Sandy. Squidward becomes a double agent for SpongeBob and Udon.

335. Tentacles on Leave October 16, 2018 Written by:

Bored of Karate Island, Squidward goes home. However, SpongeBob and Udon's side tries to get him back to the island because he is very valuable.

336. One Tiny End November 3, 2018 Written by:

After losing a karate duel with Master Udon, SpongeBob and Sandy are thrown to prison, where they improves their karate skill.

337. Lone Master Money November 30, 2018 Written by:

SpongeBob and Sandy escapes from prison, and set out to steal Master Udon's money to prevent him from moving forward with his real estate business in Karate Island.

338. His Stealth Karate December 8, 2018 Written by:

With karate, SpongeBob and Sandy destroys Udon's oil refinery to close access to oil in Karate Island.

339. The Sponge Karate Survival December 11, 2018 Written by:

SpongeBob and Sandy disable all of Udon's assistants and bodyguards, significantly weakening protection for Udon.

340. For Last Destruction December 12, 2018 Written by:

SpongeBob and Sandy destroy all of Udon's karate temples, the prison and Udon's secret bunker. Udon tries to flee from the island.

341. To Chase the Master December 12, 2018 Written by:

SpongeBob and Sandy fights Udon in a sewer system below the island. Udon is forced to defend himself from karate blasts, and SpongeBob destroys Udon's secret exit to an underwater tunnel.

342. SpongeBob SquarePants: The Victory of an Intrepid December 12, 2018 Written by:

A helpless Udon tries to launch a powerful blast at Sandy, only to be blocked by SpongeBob, who punches Udon to the point he dies when Sandy takes all of his energy. SpongeBob and Sandy returns to Bikini Bottom.

Season 17 (2019-2020)
343. Of Their Own Innocence January 14, 2019 Written by:

SpongeBob is made boss of the Krusty Krab when Mr. Krabs is brought to hospital due to a massive heart attack; Flonty is sent to Wake Island, where his British platoon faces an American platoon under Nico Cheeks.

344. Putting Down the Matter January 17, 2019 Written by:

SpongeBob and Patrick are involved in a fight and become enemies; Flonty and Nico became great rivals; King Neptune adopts Krabs to teach him generosity.

345. Back to the Original February 10, 2019 Written by:

Squilliam decides to stop stealing the secret formula of Krabby Patty; Plankton leaves the Krusty Krab and returns to the Chum Bucket with Karen; Takijushi Masuraki comes to take dispose of Squilliam.

346. One Bit of Heir February 22, 2019 Written by:

Atlantean elders declare Patrick and Mindy's marriage legal. King Neptune wants Patrick to get out of Atlantis.

347. The Kingship Time February 27, 2019 Written by:

Neptune offers Patrick the city of New Atlantis in order for him to leave Atlantis; Flonty realizes that Nico is Sandy's cousin and tries to reconcile; Plankton unleashes evil aliens to conquer Bikini Bottom, and Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy fights the evil aliens.

348. Royalty of Friends March 8, 2019 Written by:

Mindy offers Patrick a position in the Atlantean court, but wants SpongeBob to go with him.

349. Extravagant Divorce March 30, 2019 Written by:

SpongeBob and Sandy decides to have a divorce, so that their social life would not be disturbed, but the divorce is ended by a twist of disasters.

350. The Light of Gods April 19, 2019 Written by:

King Neptune keeps trying to cancel Patrick and Mindy's marriage. So, Patrick send all Roman and Greek gods to fight Neptune.

351. Bosses in Business May 5, 2019 Written by:

Sandy is involved in a dispute with his monkey bosses regarding her treedome's ownership. SpongeBob and Patrick tries to help.

352. The Worst Escape May 24, 2019 Written by:

Flonty and Nico executes a plan to avoid being sent to Iwo Jima and escape to Bikini Bottom; Plankton disguises as Sandy to get the Krabby Patty secret formula.

353. Teacher and Teachers June 6, 2019 Written by:

SpongeBob fails another boating test, and a depressed Mrs. Puff crashes her car into the Krusty Krab. Mr. Krabs and Sergeant Roderick arrives to teach Mrs. Puff, and SpongeBob becomes an observer.

354. High Alert to Sea June 22, 2019 Written by:

Flonty and Nico steals a fragile Japanese submarine and uses it to dive to Bikini Bottom; SpongeBob and friends welcome Flonty and Nico back in Bikini Bottom and protects them against American and British soldiers searching for them.

355. Plankton's New Army July 14, 2019 Written by:

Plankton convince American and British soldiers to attack the Krusty Krab in order to take Flonty and Nico back.

356. Morning Squid July 25, 2019 Written by:

Squidward tries a whole new morning activity: decorating his house with Mr. Krabs' money.

357. The Revenge of Squid (Part 1) August 18, 2019 Written by:

Squidward and Squilliam competes to be the winner of the year's Greatest Citizen of Bikini Bottom Award. They send double agents to give secret information. SpongeBob follow the double agents from behind and attempts to track their movements.

358. The Revenge of Squid (Part 2) August 19, 2019 Written by:

SpongeBob realizes that Squidward and Squilliam would kill each other during the award ceremony on August 20, and reports this to the police, who discovers that Squilliam was stealing money from the Diometus Academy in Rock Bottom to employ an assassin, who is killed by one of Squidward's double agents the day before. As an ultimate compromise, Squidward and Squilliam both wins the Greatest Citizen of Bikini Bottom Award.

359. When Squidward Quits October 15, 2019 Written by:

Squidward is tired of SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures and quits the show. The producers and Squidward's friends wants him back.

360. Bad Time Session December 18, 2019 Written by:

Plankton takes over SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures and throw its workers to prison. SpongeBob and friend must rescue Plankton before he ruins a recording session of Bigshot Records and uses the recording equipments to spread evil propaganda.

361. The Rising Heir December 25, 2019 Written by:

Princess Mindy gives birth to a son, Colin Neptune, who becomes the Prince of Atlantis with his father, Patrick. However, it is realized that he is a reincarnation of Paris, the Trojan hero, and Mr. Krabs, being a reincarnation of Agamemnon, wants to have Colin sacrificed to the gods on Mount Olympus.

362. 10 Year of Adventures January 5, 2020 Written by:

SpongeBob and friends celebrate the 10th year anniversary of SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures with the producers, and a large party is held in Squidward's house, much to Squidward's dismay. However, Plankton and E.V.I.L. takes over the Bikini Bottom government with the help of evil robots, and false news spread that Nickelodeon has cancelled SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures. Meanwhile, Neptune reconciles with Patrick and buy baby clothes for Colin.

Note: This episode was originally scheduled to be released on December 5, 2019, but production delays resulted in the episode premiere scheduled for January 5, 2020.

Season 18
363. Play and Drive January 18, 2020 Written by:

SpongeBob buys Colin a boat toy. Colin becomes obsessed with boats that he takes the royal Atlantean van and causes chaos.

364. Designer Squid May 11, 2020 Written by:

Squidward becomes a designer for the Octavius Rex Motors car company, owned by Pearl's ex-boyfriend Octavius Rex. His car is so horrible that the company collapses.

365. Squid Troubleward May 17, 2020 Written by:

Octavius Rex, now living in great poverty, seeks revenge on Squidward for causing his company's demise. Squilliam joins him immediately.

366. Squirrel's Craft on Space September 29, 2020 Written by:

Sandy is contracted by NASA to build a spacecraft to Proxima Centauri. She enlists SpongeBob, Patrick, Nico and Flonty's help.

367. Celebrity Star Starfish December 5, 2020 Written by:

After a fight with Mindy, Patrick decides to be an artist. He becomes famous around the world and leaves Bikini Bottom to find more fame. SpongeBob and friends try to stop him.

368. Colin's First Word December 25, 2020 Written by:

Colin celebrates his first birthday. Patrick and Mindy tries to give a first word to Colin, as stated in the Atlantean royal tradition.

369. Krabby Studios February 9, 2021 Written by:

Mr. Krabs buys Universal Studios and makes an expensive movie starring SpongeBob. However, problem ensues when Universal Studios runs out of money and the movie becomes a box office bomb.

370. Plankton's Evil Song February 28, 2021 Written by:

Evil Day comes, and Plankton writes a new song titled E.V.I.L., which is based on SpongeBob's F.U.N. song.

371. Here Comes the Child June 18, 2021 Written by:

Sandy gives birth to a son, named James SquarePants. However, a witch named Monkoni reveals that James is destined to conquer Atlantis. SpongeBob decides to give a considerable distance between James and the city of Atlantis.

372. Babies Matter Fight October 8, 2021 Written by:

Mindy and Colin pays a visit to Patrick, who stays inside his rock-shaped house. SpongeBob, Flonty, Nico, Sandy and James also visits Patrick, and a fight happens between Colin and James.

373. Clem on Charge October 22, 2021 Written by:

Mr. Krabs suffers a massive heart attack, and decides to temporarily give the Krusty Krab to someone else. With SpongeBob too busy with James and Squidward thinking about another revenge to Squilliam, Clem holds the Krusty Krab.

374. Football in Case March 5, 2022 Written by:

Flonty creates a football club, the Krusty Cheetahs, with the help of his friends and witch Monkoni, who is now SpongeBob's personal advisor. The club becomes famous as it wins many national competitions.

375. Krabs vs. Squidward August 12, 2022 Written by:

Squidward sues Mr. Krabs for giving him insufficient wages, creating a media frenzy in Bikini Bottom, especially when SpongeBob, now realizing his boss' greediness, defends Squidward.

376. The Great Witch Tournament August 28, 2022 Written by:

Monkoni participates in the Guantanamo Witch Tournament and wins after beating 250 other witches, receiving 100 million dollars. SpongeBob gives the money to Octavius Rex, who opens a foundry with his help.

377. Dark Assassin Nico November 18, 2022 Written by:

Nico is sent by Plankton to assassinate Mr. Krabs and give the Krabby Patty secret formula to him.

378. Birthday Empowered November 30, 2022 Written by:

It's Plankton and Krabs' 80th birthday. SpongeBob and Squidward are tasked to make a giant birthday cake with 1000 candles; Plankton contacts E.V.I.L. to attack Bikini Bottom and unleashes his own evil robots; Flonty and Nico are chased by American and British spies all over Bikini Bottom; a solar eclipse happens and witch Monkoni takes power from the eclipse to face E.V.I.L. with fellow witches and giants from Atlantis; pirates attack Mount Olympus and take the gods hostage; Sandy and NASA loses contact with Sandy's spacecraft and tries to regain contact; Clem, Pearl and Karen set out to rescue the gods with the help of an insane scientist, Doctor Kozyekov; Master Udon, who is revealed to be still alive, returns to have his revenge on SpongeBob; Squidward and Squilliam tries to publicly humiliate their respective rival; Mrs. Puff loses her driver's license due to careless driving and Sergeant Roderick is once again assigned to Mrs. Puff's boating school to teach Puff how to drive properly.

379. Pineapple of Horror IX December 25, 2022 Written by:

Plankton becomes the evil ruler of the Earth, and sends evil monsters to eat Bikini Bottomites. Sandy accidentally turns SpongeBob into a frightening zombie.

380. Flonty the Doctor January 5, 2023 Written by:

Flonty becomes a doctor in the Bikini Bottom Hospital to find some money.

381. Fabulous Nico January 9, 2023 Written by:

Nico joins a talk show, Night with Jungo Marmet, and becomes very famous that she is offered a contract from Hollywood.

382. Big Shock Records February 15, 2023 Written by:

Plankton takes over Bigshot Records, and forces musical groups to sing his evil songs under the threat of death.

Season 19 (Halloween)
383. The Dark Baby February 19, 2023 Written by:

SpongeBob receives a ghost baby with magical power from a scary, white shadow.

384. Day of Black Day February 22, 2023 Written by:

Sandy tells his friends a story of dust monsters attacking San Antonio, Texas, and eating humans and animals.

385. The Darkness of Gods February 25, 2023 Written by:

The whole world is covered by total darkness, and all trees and plants goes down. Strange monsters began appearing, and SpongeBob and Patrick goes into investigation.

'''386. Kill Over Candy? February 28, 2023 Written by: Ponyo Fan'''

When SpongeBob gets all the candy from people in Bikini Bottom, this angers the ghosts deeply, as they often go into houses and steal candy. But the punishment is...death!

387. Pineapple of Horror X March 3, 2023 Written by: Ponyo Fan

Welcome to the bloodiest Pineapple of Horror yet...which covers romance, dark secrets, and so much more!

Note: This episode is normally rated TV-14-V when it runs on Nick@Nite, Adult Swim, Spike TV, and other adult-oriented channels or blocks uncut. Nickelodeon, Nicktoons Network, and the other kid-oriented channels remove some of the blood and give it a TV-Y7-FV. None of the romance, dark secrets, jokes, or monsters are ever cut though.

388. The Prophecies of the Dead (Part 1) March 18, 2023 Written by: Ponyo Fan

While fooling around in Jellyfish Fields, SpongeBob and Patrick discover an ancient scroll which activates the reader to communicate with the dead. But what does this really mean?

389. The Prophecies of the Dead (Part 2) March 19, 2023 Written by:

SpongeBob and Patrick messes up with the ancient scroll, which spawn scary ghosts and monsters, and Bikini Bottom falls into chaos.

390. The Prophecies of the Dead (Part 3) March 20, 2023 Written by:

It turns out that Mr. Krabs is the only one who is able to stop the chaos, because of a special connection between him and the scroll when he was a young pirate.

391. The Prophecies of the Dead (Part 4) March 21, 2023 Written by:

After defeating the ghosts and monsters, Krabs realizes that the gods from Mount Olympus sends the scroll to SpongeBob and Patrick, to signify the return of King Arthur and Merlin, who are sent to fix Bikini Bottom's chaotic condition. Since SpongeBob and Patrick messes up with the scroll, King Arthur and Merlin's return is cancelled. As a punishment, SpongeBob and Patrick will fall to death, but the gods provide clues to stop the fall.

392. The Prophecies of the Dead (Part 5) March 22, 2023 Written by:

After a great effort with some help from the dead SpongeBob and Patrick communicates with before, the punishment is stopped. However, due to an incident involving Krabs and Neptune regarding the legality of Patrick and Mindy's marriage, Krabs curses Atlantis to have night 9 hours longer than usual. The dead ones come to SpongeBob and friends, and reveals that the ancient scroll is actually a warning to Neptune's hidden dislike to Patrick, and that Krabs is destined to change Atlantis' environment as a result of Neptune still disliking Patrick, despite various warnings from other gods. The ancient scroll also serves as a teaching for a leader to trust and serve his or her people.

393. Krabby's Halloween Contest April 19, 2023 Written by:

Mr. Krabs holds a talent show in the Krusty Krab, with the one who can make the scariest Halloween prank winning.

394. Halloween Science Affair April 27, 2023 Written by:

Nico goes to the Archimedes Science Academy in Ukulele Bottom, but is horrified when the university uses Halloween-themed science.

395. Television Squid May 3, 2023 Written by:

Squidward participates in a Halloween-themed talk show, Night with Larry Halloween, hosted by Larry the Lobster and Larry King.

396. Big-Headed Slide May 9, 2023 Written by:

A massive landslide and earthquake causes Bikini Bottom and Atlantis to collide. Nico and his new Atlantean friend Mordecai Sesoro tries to separate the two cities with SpongeBob's help, with dark magic and Zeus' thunder.

397. The Mental Ghost May 18, 2023 Written by:

After Atlantis and Bikini Bottom are separated, Mordecai opens a new movie theater in Bikini Bottom, but an encounter with ghosts affect his mental stability and leads him to feature scary, outrageous movies.

398. Employment Deferred July 15, 2023 Written by:

Plankton employ ghosts, monsters and scary shadows to destroy the Krusty Krab, kill Mr. Krabs and take the Krabby Patty secret formula to him.

399. Driver GhostTaxi November 30, 2023 Written by:

After being kidnapped, Patrick becomes the driver of GhostTaxi, a Halloween-themed taxi company owned by ghosts.

400. The 400th Episode December 9, 2023 Written by:

SpongeBob and friends, and the producers of SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures must face many ghosts and monsters under the command of Plankton. They must also save Plankton's cousin, Clem, who is thrown to prison by Plankton.

401. Totally Exhausted December 14, 2023 Written by:

SpongeBob is exhausted after too much fighting ghosts and monsters, and he becomes very sick. Patrick, Mordecai and Monkoni brings him to a scary witch, Amos Anes, who uses dangerous dark magic to heal SpongeBob.

402. Ghostly Attack January 12, 2024 Written by:

When vicious ghosts attack Bikini Bottom along with Plankton's evil robots and giants, SpongeBob and friends are forced to stop them.

Season 20
403. Fishy Jealousy January 19, 2024 Written by:

Pearl dates the Canadian actor Roberto Tenham, and this makes Octavius Rex jealous. He enlists SpongeBob and Monkoni's help to get Pearl back.

404. Theater Aware June 27, 2024 Written by:

SpongeBob makes a documentary of him with Patrick and Squidward in a neighborhood, SpongeBob's Great Life, and wants Mordecai to play the movie in the theater. However, Squidward wants a documentary of him and his neighbors from his point of view, My Annoying Neighbors, to be played by Mordecai, too.

405. The Microprocessor War June 30, 2024 Written by:

After disagreements about the ideal microprocessor for a unit of Cray Jaguar supercomputer, a civil war erupts between Rock Bottom and Bikini Bottom, another of Plankton's evil plans.

406. Coming to Stage August 6, 2024 Written by:

During a clarinet concert, a jealous Plankton steals Squidward's stage and becomes famous after using Squidward's clarinet.

407. Lone Spirit Fire August 24, 2024 Written by:

Mr. Krabs teaches SpongeBob, Squidward and Flonty the Bhagavad Gita, in the Krusty Krab.

408. Patchy the Superhero October 12, 2024 Written by:

After failing in the American Pirate Test, Patchy thinks that he cannot be a pirate and instead becomes a superhero, ending up replacing Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy, who are increasingly frail due to old age.

409. Coming to Time March 17, 2025 Written by:

SpongeBob and Sandy goes back in time to see how Mr. Krabs and Plankton are born; NASA loses contact with Sandy's spacecraft, which is in orbit around Proxima Centauri, and declares the spacecraft dead.

410. Dumb and Dumby Wisher June 10, 2025 Written by:

After mistreating his fairy godparents, Timmy Turner is forced by Jorgen von Strangle to give his fairies, Cosmo and Wanda, to Patrick for 6 months, despite Jorgen's own concerns that Patrick will make disastrous wishes similar to when Cosmo and Wanda were given to Patrick before (as depicted in episode 155). Patrick starts making dumb wishes which endangers the whole world.

411. Krabs vs. Krabs September 9, 2025 Written by:

Pearl sues Mr. Krabs, her own father, for mistreatment in his house. SpongeBob and Squidward reluctantly supports Mr. Krabs.

412. Spongy Goober September 18, 2025 Written by:

When Goofy Goober goes on a vacation to Gibraltar, SpongeBob and Patrick temporarily runs Goofy Goober's restaurant.

413. Long Gone Back Now November 4, 2025 Written by:

After telling Patchy to prove himself a real pirate and sending him back to Encino, California, Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy reappears through The Adventures of Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy, which returns in a triumphant comeback after being in hiatus from 2012.

414. To Assist the Actors December 19, 2025 Written by:

SpongeBob, Patrick, Squidward and Sandy assists Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy in making their new movie, The Dreadventures of Mermaid Boy and Barnacle Man, which premieres in Mordecai's theater.

415. Victor and Harold the Lords May 12, 2026 Written by:

Victor Krabs and Harold SquarePants jointly takes absolute control of Bikini Bottom, and become the lords of Bikini Bottom.

416. Grandpappy the Pirate 2 May 24, 2026 Written by:

Mr. Krabs' grandfather, Redbeard Krabs, is going to Bikini Bottom in order to see his grandson, and Mr. Krabs wants to be seen as a real and better pirate, as compared with his appearance in the original Grandpappy the Pirate episode.

417. Pineapple of Horror XI June 30, 2026 Written by: JellyfishJam38

SpongeBob decides to put the scariest and goriest stuff he can think of in this episode, and here it is!

SpongeBob'S WARNING: Not for small children or big babies!

NOTE: This episode was rated TV-14-V and is only aired uncut on Adult Swim. A slightly edited version is shown on [mailto:Nick@Nite Nick@Nite] and channels like that. A heavily edited version is shown on channels such as Nicktoons.

418. Person for the Best December 16, 2026 Written by:

Squidward and Squilliam competes to be the best person in Bikini Bottom, and SpongeBob must help them both!

'''419. Can You Spare Two Dimes? January 28, 2027 Written by:'''

After a fight with Krabs, both SpongeBob and Squidward quits from the Krusty Krab. Flonty and Nico fills up for them.

420. New Moving Propaganda January 30, 2027 Written by:

A German consortium makes a new Nazi propaganda movie, and when Mordecai refuses to play the movie in his theater, the consortium threatens to destroy the theater. SpongeBob and friends must stop the consortium before the theater gets destroyed.

NOTE: This episode is rated TV-MA and is only aired on HBO Zone.

421. Too Much Motivation May 15, 2027 Written by:

Mr. Krabs successfully motivates Squidward to work better, but soon Squidward gets too much ambitious and crazy.

422. To Leave and Never To Return September 4, 2027 Written by:

SpongeBob is sent to the Atlantis Food Coliseum, where the best chefs and fry cooks work, but SpongeBob wants to return to the Krusty Krab.

Season 21
423. Spongy Hastings September 11, 2027 Written by:

Mr. Krabs imagines that he is William II of Normandy, and Plankton imagines that he is King Harold Godwinson, while SpongeBob, Squidward, Patrick and Sandy are all Norman warriors, in the Battle of Hastings, in 1066.

424. The Cook Star September 27, 2027 Written by:

In honour of SpongeBob, Bikini Bottom is renamed Spongebopolis, and many restaurants want SpongeBob, including Plankton.

425. The Puff Test October 7, 2027 Written by:

SpongeBob faces a driving test in Mrs. Puff's boating school, and he really wants to pass the test.

426. Needed Plankton February 12, 2028 Written by:

A first cousin of Plankton and Clem, Robert Plankton, or called Robert Planky, comes to Bikini Bottom and wants Plankton and Clem to fix the wrecked condition of the other cousins, who were now dreaded enemies.

427. Coming to Time February 16, 2028 Written by:

SpongeBob and Patrick goes back in time to stop Napoleon from participating in the Battle of Austerlitz.

427. Great Intermediate Days June 17, 2028 Written by:

Mr. Krabs tells SpongeBob, Squidward, Patrick, James SquarePants and Colin Neptune about his life between the beginning of his hostility with Plankton to the hiring of SpongeBob (practically a retelling of Help Wanted, the pilot episode of the original SpongeBob show).

428. A Lost Meeting November 6, 2028 Written by:

During a visit with SpongeBob to the Albert Einstein Institution in New Kelp City, Gary comes into contact with Snellie the Snail for the first time in over 20 years, and SpongeBob convinces Squidward to hold a marriage ceremony for Gary and Snellie.

429. The Snail-Snail Marriage November 25, 2028 Written by:

Despite not wanting Snellie to marry Gary, Squidward is convinced by SpongeBob and Patrick to give Snellie to Gary, and a marriage ceremony is held.

430. Out to the News March 9, 2029 Written by:

Mr. Krabs retires from the Krusty Krab and goes to MSNBC. However, SpongeBob feels miserable as a manager and wants Mr. Krabs back.

431. To Take Multiple Foods March 15, 2029 Written by:

After returning to the Krusty Krab, Mr. Krabs introduces multiple foods and drinks which left the restaurant's financial condition in shambles.

432. Thirty Years of Work May 1, 2029 Written by:

SpongeBob celebrates 30 years of working in the Krusty Krab with friends, but Plankton is planning to destroy them all.

433. KrabbyNet and PlankyNet June 25, 2029 Written by:

When the president of Bikini Bottom, Frederick Josephus, resigns due to a judicial scandal, Krabs and Plankton runs for the presidency, and they makes a website, writing lies about their respective competitor.

434. Nico on Task June 30, 2029 Written by:

After a fight with Sandy and SpongeBob, Nico moves away to New York City, and after various experiences, is assigned to the Pentagon.

435. Pineapple of Horror XII September 9, 2029 Written by:

This version of Pineapple of Horror contains more gore, supernatural influences and an even more intense and deeper violence, including more vicious monsters and ghosts.

Note: This episode is rated TV-MA, and is aired uncut only on Spike TV and Cartoon Network's Adult Swim. Several violent scenes were deleted on Nickelodeon, at the orders of the United States government.

436. Deadly in Future September 17, 2029 Written by:

SpongeBob and friends goes 1000 years to the future, except for Sandy, who is disciplining James for poor scores in Poseidon Elementary School. Meanwhile, SpongeBob and friends see a wrecked Bikini Bottom under Plankton's evil descendants.

438. The Memoirs of Plankton November 27, 2029 Written by:

Plankton writes a memoir about him, which becomes a best-seller in The Bikini Street Journal, The Rodland Sea News, Bikini Times, The Wall Street Journal, New York Times and Paris Royal Gazette.

439. The Last Days of SpongeBuck December 15, 2029 Written by:

A view of SpongeBuck SquarePants' last 5 days, fighting illness which crippled the body of Bikini Bottom's patriarch.

440. Krabby Double Trouble May 7, 2030 Written by:

Food critic Gene Scallop and Health Inspector Yellowtail visits the Krusty Krab, and Mr. Krabs uses his two employees to face a skilled critic and a smart inspector.

441. Our New Owner August 10, 2030 Written by:

Squilliam buys the Krusty Krab from Mr. Krabs, and treats SpongeBob as a great hero and Squidward as a slave.

442. One Disastrous Finale August 23, 2030 Written by:

In this non-canon episode, Bikini Bottom is buried in a snowstorm which followed 6 months of winter, and its citizens were evacuated, except for SpongeBob, who dies of excessive hypothermia.

Note:This Episode Takes Place Before Traveling Thru Time:Parts 1&2.

Other Note:Due To SpongeBob's Death,This Episode Airs On Nick@Nite Uncut With A TV-NEIN Rating.

Season 22
443. The Teachings of Eugene Krabs (Part 1) February 5, 2031 Written by:

Krabs teaches SpongeBob and Squidward about truthfulness, loyalty, spiritualism and humanity.

444. The Teachings of Eugene Krabs (Part 2) February 6, 2031 Written by:

Krabs teaches SpongeBob and Squidward about birth, death, lust and self-esteem.

445. The Teachings of Eugene Krabs (Part 3) February 7, 2031 Written by:

Krabs teaches SpongeBob and Squidward about government, religion, generosity and power.

446. The Teachings of Eugene Krabs (Part 4) February 8, 2031 Written by:

Krabs teaches SpongeBob and Squidward about health, food, drink, openness, and universe.

447. Spongy Pirate June 15, 2031 Written by:

SpongeBob decides to become a pirate, and joins Mr. Krabs' grandfather Redbeard; Patrick and Mindy teaches Colin archery and taekwondo.

448. Poem with a Pen August 7, 2031 Written by:

Sandy writes a short poem about her life before meeting SpongeBob and his friends.

449. Foundry Flonty August 11, 2031 Written by:

Flonty opens a foundry which becomes a success, and begins to forget his friends.

450. To Get a Target November 6, 2031 Written by:

SpongeBob's parents want to go to Botdale City to buy clothes, but SpongeBob worries that they will be taken away by gangsters there.

451. Patrick's Laws March 26, 2032 Written by:

When Neptune falls sick due to a curse, Patrick serves as a regent. However, he begins making ill-prepared laws which brings Atlantis to a fall from existence.

452. Jungle Krabby Law March 30, 2032 Written by:

When Bikini Bottom is thrown to chaos due to the government collapsing after a legislative scandal, Mr. Krabs declares jungle law, and soon, people in Bikini Bottom begins fighting to gain absolute control of Bikini Bottom.

453. Indeed He is Bad July 15, 2032 Written by:

Masuraki leads 15 skilled assassins to kill both Squidward and Squilliam before taking over all of their properties.

454. Revealing the Crypt July 19, 2032 Written by:

While visiting the Oglethorpe University in Atlanta, Georgia, United States, SpongeBob and Patrick accidentally destroys the Crypt of Civilization, and they are chased by the police.

455. The Sponge Next Door September 5, 2032 Written by:

To humiliate Squidward, Squilliam uses SpongeBob as a link between him and Squidward.

456. University Sponge September 17, 2032 Written by:

SpongeBob opens a university, and hires Patrick, Squidward and Pearl to teach the students.

457. The Two Prophets November 15, 2032 Written by:

After an accident in the Krusty Krab, Squidward thinks that he is a prophet. However, Mordecai also thinks that he is a prophet, and they, claiming to be the only prophet from Bikini Bottom, fights in the SpongeBuck SquarePants Baseball Arena.

458. Exchange Your Life December 6, 2032 Written by:

SpongeBob and Patrick changes life, and this causes chaos to appear.

459. SpongeBob Meets Hitler December 16, 2032 Written by:

SpongeBob travels back in time and meets Adolf Hitler on April 29 1945, just as he marries Eva Braun.

SpongeBob'S WARNING:This Episode Is Rated TV-NEIN! And Is Aired Uncut On Spike Channel!

Note:Because Of Adolf Hilter's Apperance,This Episode Is Banned In Germen.

460. Krabs vs. Krusty February 7, 2033 Written by:

Mr. Krabs sues Krusty the Clown from The Simpsons for using the name "Krusty", which is trademarked by Krabs in 1967.

461. Radio Squidward March 9, 2033 Written by:

Squidward creates a radio station, but Plankton forces him to play his evil songs.

462. Too Many Viruses March 16, 2033 Written by:

Karen is infested by 999 viruses, and Plankton and 99 scientists from France try to destroy the viruses.

463. Large-Numbered Pineapple of Horror I March 19, 2033 Written by: Ponyo Fan

The writers get lazy with Pineapple of Horror and start a new saga called Large-Numbered Pineapple of Horror, set to begin next season. But what happens when the writers accidentally release new horror? More guts and gore then ever before!

SpongeBob'S WARNING: If you're seeing this warning, turn the TV off, children! This is not for anyone under 13.

Note: It Has Been Banned From Nickelodeon And Has Aired On Adult Swim Instead.

Season 23
464. Take the Bosses (Part 1) April 17, 2033 Written by:

SpongeBob and friends are tired of SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures workers, and set out to kill them, causing the show's future to be put in jeopardy.

465. Take the Bosses (Part 2) April 18, 2033 Written by:

Workers of SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures finds themselves removed from SpongeBob Fanon Wiki. All equipments used to make episodes are stolen by SpongeBob and friends, and this causes worldwide media frenzy and anger from Nickelodeon executives.

466. Take the Bosses (Part 3) April 19, 2033 Written by:

SpongeBob and friends are captured by the United States government, and in front of the Supreme Court, expresses extreme anger over the show workers. After a series of negotiations, the producers, the government and Nickelodeon reconcile with SpongeBob and friends, and SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures is maintained.

467. Dark-Eyed Vitch June 12, 2033 Written by:

Pearl is kidnapped, and SpongeBob discovers that the kidnapper is his long-time enemy, Vitcho Envor, or called Dark-Eyed Vitch. With Patrick and Monkoni, he rides off to Vitch's castle and saves Pearl.

468. To See the Heavens September 17, 2033 Written by:

Mr. Krabs' health decreases due to his frail condition (by fanon years, Krabs would be 90 years old by that time), and he is hospitalized after a collapse, where he senses that his time has arrived.

469. We Are Hostile Robbers September 26, 2033 Written by:

After recovering from the previous episode's collapse, Krabs returns to the Krusty Krab. Plankton and Karen turns to E.V.I.L., and convinces them to attack the Krusty Krab.

470. Squidball Doubleball December 30, 2033 Written by:

Mr. Krabs promotes the Krusty Krab through a new squidball arena adjacent to it.

471. To Steal a Good Day March 10, 2034 Written by:

Plankton hires Monkoni's long-time nemesis, witch Ankone, to steal SpongeBob's time so that his schedule would be thrown to chaos and affect Krusty Krab's reputation.

472. Spongy Witch Duel March 26, 2034 Written by:

SpongeBob holds a witch duel between Monkoni and Ankone. Plankton tries to cheat, and it's up to Patrick to stop Plankton's plan from realization.

473. Two People and One Science April 17, 2034 Written by:

A look into Sandy and Plankton's scientific knowledge from their friends and enemies' point of view.

474. Battle of Conch Street August 13, 2034 Written by:

SpongeBob and Patrick's friendship turns into hostility after a fight, and they declared war on each other. Squidward is neutral, and is given the task to stop the hostility.

'''475. The Sims,SpongeBob style! Written by: Blabber'''

When SpongeBob and Patrick find and buy a used copy of the PC hit The Sims,when they are playing it,Plankton comes in and gives them a new computer monitor,they take it,install it,and continue to play,put the monitor is really a device Plankton made to suck them into computers,now Plankton can control them through The Sims! Can Sponge and Pat escape?

476. Large-Numbered Pineapple of Horror II Written by: Ponyo Fan

So much guts and gore it had to censored and banned in Idaho!

SpongeBob'S WARNING: This is not for anyone under 18! I'm already scared from it!

Note: The cut version of this episode is rated TV-MA and only aired on Cartoon Network's Adult Swim. The heavily cut version is rated TV-14 and airs on MTV and Spike TV. No more cuts could be made after that. The completely uncut version is banned in all countries (and the United States' Idaho). Mcb1209 came back on this episode.

477. When Nerds Collapse Written by: Mractivity

Patrick and SpongeBob switch bodies until trouble happens.

478. Farmer SpongeBob Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob becomes a farmer with Patrick and Sandy, but Plankton wants to destroy the farm.

479. To Be a Killer King Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A debate with Mindy and Triton drives Neptune crazy, and he wants to kill them. SpongeBob and Patrick must stop them before it's too late.

480. Krabs vs. Plankton vs. SpongeBob vs. Squidward Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton sues Mr. Krabs for making fun of him. After an incident during a court session, in which SpongeBob is Krabs' lawyer, SpongeBob sues Krabs for acting with no dignity and sues Plankton for deeming SpongeBob as a disturber. Then, Squidward sues Krabs for being cheap, SpongeBob for being too annoying and Plankton for making fun of him.

Note: Mcb1209 Left after this Episode

481. Another Lame Birthday of Pearl Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Pearl is celebrating her birthday, and she wants his father to be generous to her, or she will leave his house.

'''482. Parents Panic! Written by: Vickers Vilbert'''

SpongeBob, Squidward and Patrick's parents are coming to Bikini Bottom, and they all hastily prepares a party for them.

483. One Lucky Trap Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob, Patrick and Mindy are trapped in the Atlantean Fun Park, and they messes up with the park.

Season 24
484. When He Took Thunder Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Krabs narrates the story of his remote ancestor, King Krabazzin of Bikilon (a parody on Babylon), who embarks on a holy quest to defeat the tyrannic Plantashih from the land of Patoreto near Antarctica.

485. The Great Villain Attack Written by: Vickers Vilbert

E.V.I.L. and Plankton launches an attack on Ukulele Bottom before going to Bikini Bottom, causing mass destruction. SpongeBob and friends, with Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy, goes to save Bikini Bottom. Plankton replies to the counterattack with sending giants.

486. Hack the System July 13, 2036 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob, Patrick and Colin becomes a hacker. While hacking various codes and passwords, they gains access to NASA's Deep Space Network, and begins controlling the antennas, turning it away from all spacecraft and artificial satellites.

487. To Buy an Enemy July 18, 2036 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton upgrades Karen to Windows 7, and buys an old IBM PC computer with MS-DOS, which is actually Karen's nemesis, Blondi.

488. Krabby's Public Shelter November 15, 2036 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When an earthquake strikes Bikini Bottom, Krusty Krab and Chum Bucket shelters the Bikini Bottomites.

489. Down and Down, Profit December 19, 2036 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Krusty Krab's profit goes down, and Mr. Krabs launches multiple overdubbed promotions for the Krusty Krab.

490. Son in Work, Son in Job May 23, 2037 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After graduating from high school, James SquarePants is assigned by his father, SpongeBob, to Mordecai's theater, and he becomes Mordecai's employee there, along with John Wulzebus and Milton Marmur, who quickly becomes James' friends.

491. Krabs: Operation Cousins June 12, 2037 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs' cousins attack the Chum Bucket, but Plankton's cousins successfully pushes them back. SpongeBob, Squidward, Patrick and Sandy's cousins arrive to help Krabs, but Karen's cousins offer them tight resistance.

492. Nickelodeon Roulette November 15, 2037 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton buys Nickelodeon, and forces the company executives to cancel all SpongeBob-related shows, so SpongeBob and friends fight for their rights.

493. Tower of Doom January 12, 2038 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Monkoni makes a sightseeing tower in Bikini Bottom, the Monkoni Royal Tower, but when the tower collapses and caused destruction in its close vicinity, Monkoni faces lawsuits, and SpongeBobd defends him.

494. King Kong Underwater January 30, 2038 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

King Kong, who is still alive and now with the ability to live underwater, invades Bikini Bottom, and all of the show's heroes and villains unite to fight King Kong, just as they faces a new threat in Godzilla, who aims to kill King Kong and destroy Bikini Bottom.

495. Turning Away Plankton March 17, 2038 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton takes control over the Nobel Peace Prize and changes the name to Nobel Evil Prize.

496. To Find the Flying Dutchman March 24, 2038 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The Flying Dutchman ship is found near Nauru, and is brought away to Iwo Jima, where people from around the world gathers, including SpongeBob and friends, who set out to rescue the ship.

497. Friends of the Lost August 9, 2038 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mordecai and his employees, James, Wulzebus and Marmur, goes to Atlantis, but they disappears when Cuban terrorists attack Atlantis.

498. King Kong Underwater 2 September 15, 2038 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

King Kong and Godzilla, who are kept inside the Isaac Newton Institution, regains consciousness after falling to coma, and causes another chaos in Bikini Bottom. SpongeBob and friends are once again tasked to stop them both.

499. To Strike an Oil September 22, 2038 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton strikes oil, and he becomes very rich. Krabs is jealous, and set out to steal Plankton's oil.

500. SpongeBob and the Gold: The Movie November 4, 2038 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A television movie about SpongeBob and friends finding the lost treasure of Genghis Khan, located somewhere around Atlantis.

501. Extravagant Gambling Star May 9, 2039 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Neptune, Patrick and the Lord Royal Highness, Neptune's royal advisor, are involved in a game of gambling, but legal issues ensues and causes all of them to be unpopular in Atlantis.

502. King Kong Underwater 3 August 12, 2039 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

King Kong and Godzilla returns to cause chaos, but now in Atlantis. SpongeBob and friends goes to Atlantis to stop King Kong and Godzilla.

503. Funeral for the Enemies August 20, 2039 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

In this non-canon episode, Mr. Krabs and Plankton are killed in a car accident, and their friends and enemies give a military funeral to them in a single tomb, with Squidward erecting a monument adjacent to it.

Season 25 (Sponge Smash Brawl)
504. The Evil Brawl August 27, 2039 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

E.V.I.L. challenges SpongeBob and Patrick to a brawl match, and they accepts the challenge.

505. Another Bad Attack (Part 1) November 2, 2039 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Under Plankton's intrepid command, E.V.I.L. attacks Bikini Bottom, and SpongeBob and friends stand up to smash E.V.I.L. in metropolitan Bikini Bottom. A duel between ManRay and SpongeBob occurs, but ManRay distracts SpongeBob and runs away. SpongeBob and friends chase after E.V.I.L.

506. Another Bad Attack (Part 2) November 2, 2039 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After being knocked unconscious with Dirty Bubble's powerful smash in the Bikini Bottom National Bank, SpongeBob and friends chase E.V.I.L. to the top of the Monkoni Royal Tower, which is burned down by E.V.I.L., who escaped with Plankton's evil giants. With Monkoni's guidance, SpongeBob and friends escape and chase E.V.I.L. to the Krusty Krab.

507. Another Bad Attack (Part 3) November 2, 2039 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Finding the Krusty Krab under siege by Plankton's evil robots, SpongeBob and friends smash the robots away and uses Krabby Patties to defend the restaurant against enemy attacks. SpongeBob and Patrick manages to approach ManRay, who is fighting the Bikini Bottom City Army, and smashes him up to the Chum Bucket's roof, where he is captured. Plankton appears, and SpongeBob battles him on the roof. Finally, Plankton is thrown off the roof, and SpongeBob wins.

508. Crime Hunter December 19, 2039 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Patrick are hired by the Bikini Bottom City Army as crime hunters. They encounters Dark-Eyed Vitch while on a hunting mission to a base of E.V.I.L. near Rock Bottom, and defeats him decisively. Vitch is quickly imprisoned, and SpongeBob and Patrick takes over the E.V.I.L. base.

509. The Evil Knight February 11, 2040 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob is kidnapped by Bowser, who is a director of E.V.I.L. Patrick, Sandy and James goes to rescue him.

510. Colin vs. James November 30, 2040 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Colin Neptune sues James SquarePants for too much disturbing the Atlantean royal court, and in the Bikini Bottom courtroom, Colin and James begins smashing each other using many things.

511. The Computer Duel May 12, 2041 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Karen and Blondi, now upgraded also to Windows 7, competes in the Bikini Bottom Computer Duel, and in the final match, Karen and Blondi battles each other and try to smash their respective opponent out of the stage after executing complex codes and commands.

512. The Closed Theater May 16, 2041 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

E.V.I.L. closes Mordecai's theater and throws Mordecai to prison. With their smashing power, SpongeBob and friends must rescue Mordecai and take his theater back.

513. In the Name of Plankton June 16, 2041 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob is kidnapped with Plankton, and his friends are unable to offer assistance, so SpongeBob must set traps and smash Plankton alone.

514. Losing Your Power June 20, 2041 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Due to unknown reasons, SpongeBob loses his smashing and brawling power, and becomes very weak. So, Mr. Krabs decides to give SpongeBob new smashing and brawling power.

515. Krabby Power Test November 30, 2041 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After learning a lot from Krabs, SpongeBob tests his power in a duel against Squidward, Patrick, Sandy and Flonty.

516. To Destroy Atlantis December 9, 2041 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

E.V.I.L. attacks the Atlantean royal court, and SpongeBob and Squidward goes to defend Atlantis with smashing and brawling power.

517. Dreaded Time December 15, 2041 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob tries to do his activities as usual on Sunday, but witch Ankone messes up with his schedule, that SpongeBob is forced to battle with time, that a smashing and brawling training session is delayed and cancelled.

518. Pineapple of Horror XIII February 12, 2042 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

This episode combines elements from the Sponge Smash Brawl special season and the new Large-Numbered Pineapple of Horror series, to make a cooler yet horrifying version of the Large-Numbered Pineapple of Horror series.

Note: Pineapple of Horror XIII is the last installment in the Pineapple of Horror series of SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures, due to the producers now focusing on the Large-Numbered Pineapple of Horror series. However, future revival of the Pineapple of Horror series is possible. Several violent scenes were excluded on Nickelodeon, and the uncut version airs on Cartoon Network's Adult Swim.

519. Another Witch Duel June 15, 2042 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob is tired of Ankone, so he forces Ankone to face Monkoni in a witch duel, with the smashing and brawling styles.

520. Lackluster Screen Smash November 12, 2042 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob, Patrick, Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy makes a movie about the Sponge Smash Brawl special season, with Colin and James as executive producers, but the movie becomes a box office bomb.

521. Patrick's New Organization November 25, 2042 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

With Larry the Lobster and Sandy, Patrick makes a new police organization, Star Defense Organization, with smashing and brawling styles, and many people joins the association.

522. Smash and Brawl, Smash and Brawl December 1, 2042 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends are tired of smashing and brawling, and searches for a new style, but always stumbles on smashing and brawling.

523. Hooky Smash December 19, 2042 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Patrick are forced to face hooks from the water surface in the vicinity of Bikini Bottom, with smashing power.

Season 26 (Sponge Smash Melee)
524. Melee Out January 10, 2043 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs and Plankton are involved in a boxing match in the Chum Bucket. The electricity goes out, but they decides to continue the match.

525. Two Free Computers March 11, 2043 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton gives Karen and Blondi a small but powerful power source deep inside the core system of the computer, which enables them to be active without electricity, but this makes their rivalry even deeper, and they tries to knock their respective enemy out of the Chum Bucket.

526. Gone Be SquarePants March 24, 2043 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After SpongeBob teaches how to surf safely and how to use sunblock safely in Goo Lagoon, he becomes popular there, and Larry is jealous. He wants to kill SpongeBob with his own smashing and brawling skills.

527. Krabby's Step and Step July 12, 2043 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs begins to teach SpongeBob advanced smashing and brawling styles, before sending him to Viktor Vincenzo of Old Kelp City, the master of all martial arts.

528. Teacher Vincenzo: The Style July 15, 2043 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Vincenzo teaches SpongeBob various styles of smashing and brawling, and also taekwondo; Mr. Krabs chooses Jim, the fry cook before SpongeBob, to fill up for SpongeBob.

529. Sure You Can September 7, 2043 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

While visiting the tomb of King Jaime I of Old Kelp City, the first king of Old Kelp City, Vincenzo and SpongeBob gets separated and locked inside the tomb after an incident with various dangerous traps.

530. To Improve Your Power December 31, 2043 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs, Squidward, Sandy, Nico, Flonty and Patrick becomes Plankton's slaves, and Sandy wants to remove Plankton from power with her improved karate and melee power.

531. SpongeBob in the Land of the Soviets May 30, 2044 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A parody of Tintin in the Land of the Soviets. In this episode, Tintin and Snowy are substituted by SpongeBob and Gary, respectively.

532. Snail for the Seafood November 2, 2044 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick, who is in charge of Gary and Snellie while SpongeBob is away, makes seafood, and Gary and Snellie fights over the seafood; SpongeBob and Vincenzo fights numerous vicious animals invading Old Kelp City.

533. Learning and Mastering Art June 6, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Under Vincenzo's guidance, SpongeBob begins mastering taekwondo and archery, and improving melee skills.

534. Double Trouble Sabotage July 30, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs discovers that all his frozen patties has been exchanged with cheap, rotten patties by Plankton; Vincenzo realizes that his battle equipments has been stolen and exchanged for cheap, broken equipments and searches for the thief with SpongeBob.

535. Gangster Pants August 22, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob faces a group of cruel gangsters, and fights them with karate and taekwondo skills; Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy appears in a Krusty Krab television advertising.

536. To Graduate in Sight November 5, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob is graduated from Vincenzo's academy, just as Old Kelp City is attacked by demons, and SpongeBob faces them.

537. Revenge of Ankone November 22, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The witch Ankone joins E.V.I.L. and goes to Old Kelp City to have his revenge on SpongeBob, who stays in the city to overlook the restoration of order in the city after the demonic invasion.

538. Ando the Messenger December 17, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A man, who SpongeBob identifies as a friend of Patrick's family, Ando Hinemo, comes to Old Kelp City and claims himself a prophet. SpongeBob tries to find a cure for Ando's great craziness.

539. Return to Home January 15, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After a farewell party hosted by Vincenzo and Ando, SpongeBob returns to Bikini Bottom, but he is forced to face E.V.I.L., now with the witch Ankone.

540. SpongeBob in Espionage March 17, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob becomes impressed with espionage, and joins an espionage organization in London, where he uses his power to kill enemies of the organization.

541. Large-Numbered Pineapple of Horror III March 25, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

So far the most violent, goriest and bloodiest Large-Numbered Pineapple of Horror installment. This episode is more oriented to murder, evil domination, betrayal and destruction. Scary and violent elements are combined together to make the episode, and total darkness and scary sounds are available.

542. Evil Clear Part 1: Evil Smash June 12, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

E.V.I.L. returns to Bikini Bottom, but the show protagonists are ready to face them in IJLSA clothes and acting as IJLSA heroes, with Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy.

543. Evil Clear Part 2: Evil Brawl June 13, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

E.V.I.L. and IJLSA are involved in a series of vicious duels, while Bikini Bottom suffers from mass destruction, and Plankton is thrown away from power in E.V.I.L. after losing a duel with Mr. Krabs and Patrick, while SpongeBob and friends put an end to what remains of E.V.I.L.

Season 27
544. Someone's in the Kitchen with Sandy September 29, 2045 Written by: Intrudgero98

SpongeBob teaches Sandy how to cook a Krabby Patty.

545. Sumo SquarePants September 30, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Patrick becomes sumo wrestlers, and after both joins the yokozuna class, they must face each other.

546. Too Bad, SpongeBob November 2, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward's life becomes very happy and great, while SpongeBob becomes very miserable.

547. SpongeBob in Hiroshima November 3, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs visits Hiroshima to promote Krabby Patty, but he gets into trouble with Japanese citizens there, and SpongeBob goes to rescue him.

548. Double Trouble Football November 9, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A football match is held between Rock Bottom footballers and Ukulele Bottom footballers, with SpongeBob as the referee.

'''549. What is SpongeBob? November 23, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert'''

Patrick develops amnesia, and begins to forget his friends, especially SpongeBob.

550. Redstick and Doublestone November 30, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob creates an animation studio behind his house, and soon, The Adventures of Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy show producers use the studio.

551. Temporary Unemployed December 11, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After profits in the Krusty Krab drops down, Mr. Krabs declares "Temporary Unemployment Law" in effect, and Squidward and SpongeBob are temporarily unemployed until Mr. Krabs can get the Krusty Krab on track.

552. Target: MissAppear869 December 22, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends get bored with SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures, and they decides to kill MissAppear869, the show creator.

553. Fanon is Fanon January 15, 2046 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob joins SpongeBob Fanon Wiki under the name "SpongeBob FanonPants", and vandalizes many pages. He finds a loophole to avoid blocking, and the admins are stressed of this user.

554. Full of Respect February 11, 2046 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

It's Respect Boss Day in the Krusty Krab, and SpongeBob and Squidward must always respect Mr. Krabs for that day, but they can't respect Krabs' disrespectful demands.

555. To Get an Idea February 16, 2046 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

James, Wulzebus and Marmur thinks of an idea to get more profit for Mordecai's theater.

556. Late Crustacean November 10, 2046 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs becomes frequently late for work in the Krusty Krab, and SpongeBob and Squidward are angered.

557. Burden of a Cleaner November 18, 2046 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Colin buys a vacuum cleaner for use in Neptune's palace in Atlantis, but he and Neptune must learn many things to use the cleaner properly.

558. Pineapple of Horror XIV December 5, 2046 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A well-received Pineapple of Horror installment, which marks the revival of the Pineapple of Horror series, a "low-end" series of the Large-Numbered Pineapple of Horror series.

559. Monkoni vs. Mordecai December 6, 2046 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After a horrible incident, Monkoni and Mordecai decides to fight, and SpongeBob and James are the referees.

560. Vandalize Battle January 10, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

It turns out that Patrick has joined SpongeBob Fanon Wiki as "Patrick FanonStar". Soon, a three-way battle happens between Patrick and SpongeBob to vandalize more pages faster, and also for the admins to stop and block both of them before vandalizing spreads.

561. To Defend Neptune January 10, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After Neptune angers him, Lord Royal Highness engineers a coup, and Patrick, Mindy, Colin and Triton must stop the coup.

562. Turning Tide January 11, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward takes over all of Squilliam's properties and becomes very rich, while Squilliam becomes very poor.

563. Pirates on the Horizon January 13, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends decide to become pirates under Mr. Krabs' grandfather Redbeard, thus setting the stage for the next special season.

564. Sucked In June 15, 2047 Written by: Faves3000

SpongeBob gets sucked into Super Smash Bros Melee! Then when Patrick plays he sets the difficulty to high. Now SpongeBob has to fight the hardest people! Can he get out?

Season 28 (Pirates)
565. Goo Lagoon Pirates July 18, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Redbeard's pirate ship sails close to Goo Lagoon and runs over 3 surfers. Soon, the Bikini Bottom Navy is after them.

566. Battle on Sea July 22, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends are involved in a battle with rival pirates, and gets captured. Redbeard and Mr. Krabs, who escapes, tries to free them.

567. SpongeBob in Somalia July 30, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends goes to Somalia, and captures Redbeard's nemesis, Captain Jimmy Argarg, in Somalia. When Argarg is sold to Redbeard's pirate allies for 200 dollars, SpongeBob and friends are trapped.

568. Captured Sponge August 3, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Redbeard and his subordinates are thrown to prison in the remote town of Aljuori by the Somalian Navy. They manages to escape, just as the town is bombarded by enemy pirates and the United States Army, claiming ownership of the town.

569. To Rock Bottom August 5, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Redbeard's ship sails to Rock Bottom. While inside the ship, Mr. Krabs teaches SpongeBob how to be a real pirate.

570. Raid on Training August 17, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A pirate training session near Rock Bottom for Redbeard's subordinates turns into a sudden raid.

571. Citizen Chase August 18, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After causing problems, Redbeard and his subordinate pirates are declared outlaws by the government of Bikini Bottom.

572. Pineapple of Horror XV August 18, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

This episode feature pirate-themed scary things, and the Flying Dutchman becomes even more scarier and "ghostly" in his appearance here.

573. Operation: Get Gibraltar September 3, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After being given magical power by magicians, Redbeard and his pirates attack Gibraltar and takes over its government.

574. Operation: Flee to Americas September 5, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

British troops regained control of Gibraltar, and Redbeard fled with his pirates to the Americas.

575. Incoming Exile September 9, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After being declared a worldwide outlaw, Redbeard and his subordinates spent their times in exile. Finally, they lands on an unknown island near Antarctica and creates a camp.

576. To Fool Yourself November 11, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob disappears during a great storm, and his friends and Redbeard searches for him.

577. Camp Retreat November 26, 2045 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A rival pirate ship attacked the camp, so Redbeard and SpongeBob and friends retreat deeper into the island, where they fight wild penguins.

578. Into the Mainland January 9, 2046 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends swam to mainland Antarctica, and creates an even more primitive camp. They fight more wild penguins with their power.

579. Spongy Pirate Rights July 18, 2046 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Redbeard and his pirates return to Bikini Bottom to fight for their rights. However, they are captured immediately, and thrown to prison.

580. The Pirate Court July 29, 2046 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Redbeard and pirates face their first court session, and they are accused of murder, mismanagement and taking forcible control. Victor Krabs a.k.a. Papa Krabs becomes their defendant.

581. No Proof No Thing August 2, 2046 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The judges sentence Redbeard and his pirates to 6 months in prison, much to their dismay.

582. Forgetting Lackluster February 2, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Redbeard and his friends are freed from prison, and are given back their rights. However, they must do community service until July 1, 2047.

583. Service Accomplished July 1, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The community service period is finished, and Redbeard and pirates embark on one last mission: to capture Captain Argarg and execute him. This is done easily, and Argarg is executed.

584. Return to Life July 7, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The pirates are glad that their time under Redbeard Krabs' command has been completed, and they return to their eventful life.

Season 29
585. To Kill a Masterpiece July 11, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward is getting too much annoyed by SpongeBob, and wants to have him killed in 24 hours.

586. Afterlife Squid July 17, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

In this non-canon episode, Squidward dies, and Satan throws him to Davy Jones locker 999. SpongeBob and Patrick goes to the locker to free Squidward.

587. Coming to Bikini Bottom July 20, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A band of Russian atheists come to Bikini Bottom, and Patrick houses them.

588. Dancer, Dancing, Star July 22, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick and his son Colin become dancers, and soon are popular around the world.

589. Krusty TV July 23, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs creates his own television show, the Krusty TV.

590. Beach Meditation July 29, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After having troubles with his friends, James meditates in Goo Lagoon, much to Larry the Lobster's annoyance.

591. Not SpongeBob Again July 30, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mrs. Puff is stressed of SpongeBob, so she gives SpongeBob an absolutely easy boating test.

592. To Punish a Man August 4, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs faces the Bikini Bottom Supreme Court for being extremely cheap to others.

593. Kingly Forest August 5, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Neptune goes to a forest near Atlantis to make a new palace.

'''594. Freeze! August 7, 2047 Written by: Faves3000'''

SpongeBob gains the ability to freeze time! But when he abuses it, everyone gets mad. Can he turn things around? Or will he get "frozen" in time?

595. Get Flonty August 11, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Flonty makes chaos in Bikini Bottom, and the Bikini Bottomites chase him all over the world.

596. The Hero and the Villain August 18, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

An overlook into Mr. Krabs and Plankton, from their friends and enemies' point of view.

597. SpongeBob's Greatest Twins August 25, 2047 Written by: Faves3000

SpongeBob and Patrick's twins: Bob and Patty move in. NOTE :Bob and Patty are part of the show.

598. The Twins Show August 30, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert'

Bob, Patty and also Squidward participates in MSNBC's The Bob and Patty Show.

599. Light Down to Man September 3, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob makes an alternate history novel about how civilization began in the place now called Bikini Bottom.

600. Operation: Neptune's Restaurant September 4, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Neptune takes over the Krusty Krab from Mr. Krabs.

601. Nico's Chernobyl September 9, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Nico wants to turn the radiation-contaminated Chernobyl Nuclear Power Plant into a massive castle for himself.

602. Sensational Sandy September 20, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Sandy's amazing inventions become a sensation, and she joins a science lab of the United States Army.

603. To Chase a Zombie September 22, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Bikini Bottom is infested with zombies, and SpongeBob, Sandy, Patrick and James become zombie hunters.

604. Tennis SquarePants September 27, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob becomes a tennis player.

'''605. Sponged Together Again! September 29, 2047 Written by: Faves3000'''

The gang gets stuck into a house again! But when the new people(Nico,Bob,etc.)get stuck, it's up to them to get out! Will they get out, with there limited know knowledge on the house?

Season 30
606. To Get Rid of the House (Part 1) October 11, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The gang tries to escape, but are forced to face vicious traps and tricks.

607. To Get Rid of the House (Part 2) October 16, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After many attempts, the gang gets out of the house, only to find that Plankton and his cousins (except for Clem) has turned Bikini Bottom into a total wreck.

608. Spongy Revenge October 19, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob, Bob and Patty manages to defeat Plankton and send him to prison.

609. Two Squids, One Thing October 25, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward and Squilliam fights over a giant Krabby Patty made by Jim, Mr. Krabs' first fry cook.

610. Virtual Pants October 27, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends buy a virtual reality device, and messes up with it.

611. War Play November 5, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Colin and James creates a film about war, but indirect results of the film end up with World War III.

612. To Stop the War November 10, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After World War III begins, Colin and James are forced to stop the war.

613. SpongeBob in the White House November 11, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends pay a visit to the White House, but Plankton is going to stage a coup to take over the United States.

614. Going Out Forever November 19, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton and Karen decides to leave Bikini Bottom forever, but later they decides to stay.

615. The Screen System December 15, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs buys a Windows 7 for use in the Krusty Krab, but Squidward wants to steal Mr. Krabs' Windows 7 copy for himself.

616. To Fight With a Computer December 26, 2047 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

While on a visit to Goo Lagoon, Karen and Blondi fights, and Plankton tries to stop the fight, but Larry the Lobster joins the fight!

617. Karate Squid January 9, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward and Squilliam learns karate from SpongeBob in order to defeat their respective competitor.

618. To Teach Son Karate January 15, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Sandy teaches James about karate.

619. His New Comet March 5, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton finds a bright and active comet, and wants to use its power to conquer Bikini Bottom, Rock Bottom and Ukulele Bottom.

620. Clones Who Wants All March 10, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Bob and Patty runs in the election for the Conch Street neighborhood leader, and they goes to the cheating way.

621. Wrecked Star March 16, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick becomes incredibly insane, and it appears that he needs a brainwashing service for himself to return to normal.

622. The Old Ship March 30, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Patrick visits the wreck of the RMS Titanic, located near the Titanic City in the North Atlantic Ocean.

623. Presenting Magic April 3, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squilliam presents a new kind of magic to the people of Bikini Bottom.

624. Imitation Statue April 5, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs wants to build an imitation statue of the Statue of Liberty, called the Statue of Krabs.

625. The Internet Girls April 15, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Sandy, Pearl and Nico wants to make a better search engine than Google, and names it Sanpeco, standing for Sandy, Pearl and Nico.

Season 31
626. Large-Numbered Pineapple of Horror III April 25, 2048 Written by: Ponyo Fan

The writers get bored and turn all the monsters of the Pineapple of Horror and Large-Numbered Pineapple of Horror series into bunnies. Will anyone ever get a scare again?

Note: This is the only episode aired on Nickelodeon and Boomerang only because it's rated TV-G.

627. Computer Pants April 30, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob buys an old computer with Windows 98, and Patrick urges him to upgrade to Windows 7, but SpongeBob didn't know the upgrade route to Windows 7.

628. The Drifting Sun May 5, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs suffers from a debilitating stroke, and feels that he will die. SpongeBob and Squidward, who actually knows that Mr. Krabs isn't going to die, makes a documentary movie about Krabs' life.

629. Cracked Plankton May 17, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton buys a unit of PlayStation 3, Nintendo Wii and Xbox 360, and uses the consoles, plus a used PlayStation 2, Nintendo GameCube and Xbox, along with Karen and Blondi's backup power source, to make a massive, powerful robot, which terrorizes Bikini Bottom.

630. Tripletory May 25, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob, Sandy and their son James mess up with time: they sent Christopher Columbus to Moscow, where Joseph Stalin killed him due to SpongeBob's timeline interference, and Napoleon was executed by Viking merchants in 20th century China, just as the Puyi, the last emperor of China, was deposed. Due to Sandy's interference, Puyi regains his throne, but she gets imprisoned.

'''631. I See London, I See France... May 28, 2048 Written by: Ponyo Fan'''

After accidentally flashing his underwear in public, SpongeBob goes into hiding.

632. The Great Treasure of the Titanic June 13, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A TV movie in which SpongeBob and friends embark on a search of a lost treasure aboard the RMS Titanic, but Plankton and E.V.I.L. are chasing them.

633. SpongeBob's Real Twin Brother June 17, 2048 Written by: JellyfishJam38

SpongeBob's twin brother, Jake visits and reveals that Bob is not SpongeBob's real twin brother, but he is. Jake also joins the show.

'''634. Uh-Oh! June 20, 2048 Written by: Faves3000'''

Patrick accidentally try's to attack a person then the guy says he wants revenge.But when the guy meets up with Patty he thinks he's Patrick,so now PATTY has to fight him!Can he get out of this sticky situation?

635. Personification Day June 21, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Jake becomes the personification of Evil, and when he dies, Plankton's evil plans all fail. SpongeBob, Bob and Patty try to resurrect Jake, while Mr. Krabs relentlessly attacks Plankton from all sides.

636. Plankton and Clem: The Sail June 24, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton flees from Bikini Bottom with a 16th-century Bikini Bottomite warship, and his cousin Clem chases Plankton on another warship.

637. To Be a King June 30, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton becomes the king of Bikini Bottom, and invades neighboring cities. Now, SpongeBob and friends must stop him.

638. Parental Reveal July 6, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

To finish problems with people claiming to be SpongeBob's relative, SpongeBob's parents, Harold and Gretchen comes and reveals to SpongeBob all of his brothers and sisters.

639. The Bright Stars July 7, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Jake, Bob, Patty, and Colin, son of Patrick and Mindy, become astronomers and try to see Uranus with the naked-eye (Uranus is visible to the naked-eye, but at magnitude 5, it is generally very faint).

640. Bob vs. Patty July 11, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Bob and Patty sue each other, and SpongeBob and Patrick defends their clones, resulting in their friendship falling apart.

641. Sponge Ball July 12, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob becomes a basketball player. Meanwhile, an old villain, Takijushi Masuraki, allies with Squilliam to kill Flonty and Squidward.

642. Ye Son Shalt Die July 17, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Sandy are horrified to know that their son, James, is going to die if his heart ailment is not cured within 12 hours.

'''643. Yellowhead! July 18, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert'''

Bob, Patty and SpongeBob plot to kill Mr. Krabs, with evil weapons from Plankton.

644. To Block Two Vandals July 22, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After vandalizing the SpongeBob Fanon Wiki for a long time, SpongeBob and Patrick are finally blocked from accessing the wiki.

645. Trading 2600 July 24, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Colin and James trade an old, fragile Atari 2600.

Season 32 (Rock Bottom season)
646. Rock Bottom Again July 30, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Patrick are once again trapped in Rock Bottom, and decide to adapt to its strange lifestyle.

647. Spongy Food Panic July 31, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Patrick go to the Ultra Rock Restaurant, but they get into problem with its employees.

648. Bob and Patty July 34, 2048 Written by Faves3000

Bob and Patty fall down to Rock Bottom, with Squidward tricking them saying it's a jellyfishing convention. What happens when two of the same kind get stuck in Rock Bottom?

649. Rock Bottom Redesign July 34, 2048 Written by Faves3000

The four try to redesign Rock Bottom, but the other residents don't like it! Will they keep it, or change it back and/or get mauled?

'''650. Gary Crazy! July 34, 2048 Written by Faves3000'''

When SpongeBob misses Gary a lot ,he starts to go CRAZY about it! Will he get over it?

'''651. You Look Like... July 34, 2048 Written by Faves3000'''

The four find Rock Bottom that look just like thir friends in Bikini Bottom!

'''652. All Hail President Patty! July 34, 2048 Written by Faves3000'''

Once Patty saves the town from RB Plankton,he becomes President! But when things go out of hand, everyone in Rock Bottom don't want him president! Can the three make Patty not President?

653. Citizen's Evil Coup August 9, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patty is now really unpopular, and the citizens of Rock Bottom create a coup to depose him. And who leads the coup? Sheldon J. Plankton and his Rock Bottom counterpart and third cousin, J. Sheldon Plankton!

654. Squid Out August 11, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward takes a car-submarine hybrid ride to Clarinet Island near Bikini Atoll, but the bus crashes into a tree and ends up falling uncontrolled to Rock Bottom.

655. Shopping Pants August 22, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob, Patrick, Bob, and Patty go on a shopping spree in the George Washington Mall; Squidward joins Plankton to kill all four people.

656. To Find Rock Bottom August 27, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After an incident, Patrick and Plankton gets trapped in May 7, 1848, the date Native Americans came to the city site, mated with local fishes, and creates the town of Rock Bottom.

657. Terror in the Deep August 30, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends must escape from a very, very deep cliff in 7 days.

658. Jungle Pants September 4, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends learn to live in the jungle, located on the bottom of the deep Rock Needle Cliff.

659. Sandy to the Rescue September 7, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Sandy comes to help her trapped friends in the jungle, but faces a massive problem, between life and death.

660. Gone Gone Away September 11, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick makes a plan to get he and his friends back in Bikini Bottom.

661. Emperor Plankton September 14, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton becomes the Emperor of Rock Bottom, and SpongeBob and friends must depose him.

662. One Krabs Trapped September 15, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs gets trapped in Rock Bottom, and helps SpongeBob and the gang to get away from Rock Bottom, but in the end only Mr. Krabs gets returned to Bikini Bottom.

663. Nico's Letter September 27, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob gets a letter from Nico, telling him that his father, Harold, is getting insane. From Rock Bottom, SpongeBob tries to help his father.

664. Too Many Planktons September 30, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton's cousins come in a greatly massive scale as compared to the cousins in the episode Plankton's Army. Together, Plankton and cousins attack Rock Bottom.

665. Pilot Star November 6, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick learns how to be a pilot, but ends up starting a bombardment of Rock Bottom.

Season 33
666. Missing Times November 10, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After various attempts, SpongeBob and the gang return to Bikini Bottom, but Mr. Krabs forces SpongeBob and Squidward to work without stopping for 2 full months to replace the time they missed while in Rock Bottom.

667. Creator vs. Character November 15, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob sues MissAppear869, and Stephen Hillenburg, the creator of the original SpongeBob SquarePants show, defends SpongeBob in a bizarre court session.

668. Bob, Patty and Nico November 17, 2048 Written by: Faves3000

Nico reveals that he has been living in Ukelele Bottom with Bob and Patty!

'''669. MEGA FIGHT! (One Hour Special) November 18, 2048 Written by: Faves3000'''

Once the gang get into a mega fight, it goes WAY out of hand! Can they get back to normal? Will anyone be sane again?!?!

'''670. Happy Birthday, SpongeBob and Bob! November 19, 2048 Written by: Faves3000'''

Once it's the SpongeTwins's birthday, the people celebrate! Now just what can go wrong here?

'''671. Dance Dance Party! November 20, 2048 Written by: Faves3000'''

The gang get in a BIG dance competition in Dance Dance Revolution. Who will win?

'''672 Bored... November 21, 2048 Written by Faves3000'''

The gang get bored and try to figure out what to do...

673. The Credit Cards November 22, 2048 Written by: Ponyo Fan'

When SpongeBob and his friends' parents give them credit cards, they all end up maxed out after the first day! What will they do now?

674. The Credit Cards 2 November 24, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Continuing from the previous episode, SpongeBob and friends' reckless experience with credit cards result in the world being thrown into a chronic financial crisis, and gradually world governments begin to collapse. Feeling guilty, SpongeBob and friends go to rescue the world.

675. Flonty to Depart November 25, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Flonty leaves Bikini Bottom and becomes a CIA agent. SpongeBob and the gang must get him back to Bikini Bottom.

676. The Life Twist November 30, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick and Plankton change lives, and Patrick conquers Bikini Bottom; evil clones of SpongeBob appear all over Bikini Bottom; Flonty and Sandy get lost in a desert; Plankton, who is made prisoner by Patrick, is sent to rescue them; Neptune is bored of Atlantis and wants to leave the city. Can SpongeBob and the gang fix the situation? Or will they get destroyed by a mysterious spirit who is behind this "life twist"?

677. SpongeBob vs. Sandy December 6, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Sandy accuse each other of tricking, and prepare to fight in a great karate challenge.

678. Good Origins of Eugene Krabs December 7, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs tells a complete story of his gruesome life before opening the Krusty Krab with his first fry cook, Jim.

679. Communist Pants December 7, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob joins the Bikini Bottom Communist Party.

680. The Krabs Nobel December 7, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs gains the Nobel Peace Prize and boards the Air Force One to Oslo. But the aircraft lands in London, and Krabs, SpongeBob and Squidward are captured by Plankton and E.V.I.L. there.

681. Light in SpongeBob December 8, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob becomes a detective and investigate cases throughout Bikini Bottom, Rock Bottom and Ukulele Bottom.

682. The Driver and The Lesson December 11, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mrs. Puff is tired of SpongeBob and tries to kill him by perpetrating a boat accident for SpongeBob.

683. Into the Curtains December 12, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Patrick annoy Squidward with new, strange toys; Mr. Krabs and Sandy brings us to the Fidel Castro Studio in Havana, Cuba, where episodes of SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures are produced.

684. Evil's Grand Position December 13, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The first of 2 prequels to Season 34 (President Plankton season), the episode shows Plankton planning a coup to take over the Bikini Bottom government.

685. The Eventually One December 14, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The last of two prequels to Season 34, SpongeBob, Sandy and their son James tries to stop Plankton's plan from realization, but they are too late; Plankton conquers over Bikini Bottom.

Season 34 (President Plankton season)
686. Whole New Leader December 15, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and the gang are forced to fight Plankton and E.V.I.L. to avoid Bikini Bottom from evil influences.

687. Emergency, Emergency, Sponge December 16, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Under Plankton, E.V.I.L. conquers the government, and Plankton becomes the supreme leader of Bikini Bottom. SpongeBob calls Colin Neptune, son of Patrick and Mindy, to liberate Bikini Bottom with Atlantean soldiers.

688. The First Encounter December 17, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Colin's Atlantean soldiers collide with Plankton's evil soldiers in the Eisenhower Field near Bikini Bottom, and Plankton's soldiers acquire a pyrrhic victory which wrecks their army and allows the Atlantean soldiers to advance on a narrow route to Bikini Bottom.

689. Plankton's Battle (Part 1) December 18, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and the gang joins the Atlantean soldiers, with witch Monkoni, SpongeBob's chief advisor, following behind. A large battle erupts in Bikini Bottom, and Plankton focuses on defending the city hall and Chum Bucket.

690. Plankton's Battle (Part 2) December 18, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A massive counterattack from Plankton causes a disaster for the Atlantean army. They are forced to retreat, and the core of the army is wrecked after a close encounter near the Spandi River between Bikini Bottom and Old Kelp City, which causes the death of the brave Atlantean generalissimo, Walter Oodzumako.

691. The Kelp Protection December 19, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After surviving one last devastating encounter with Plankton's evil soldiers near Old Kelp City, SpongeBob and the gang flees to New Kelp City, where they gets local protection and advocates against Plankton.

692. Bikini Shock December 20, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton fires his cabinet, and declares himself "absolute president". He orders SpongeBob's arrest, and SpongeBob and the gang are chased by Plankton's evil cousins throughout New Kelp City.

693. Thunder Hawk December 21, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The only innocent out of Plankton's cousins, Clem is angered and overthrows Plankton's government. SpongeBob and the gang are allowed to return to Bikini Bottom, but they face 7 mysterious assassins along the way. Under the callsign Thunder Hawk, SpongeBob seeks to discover the assassins' identity.

694. Plankton's Great Revenge December 24, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

In the last 5 hours leading to Christmas, from his hiding near New Atlantis, Plankton attacks Bikini Bottom with Satan's soldiers and kidnaps Santa Claus through secret agents stationed in Atlantis. Meanwhile, the mysterious assassins keep following SpongeBob and the gang from behind.

695. Evil Christmas Bash (Part 1) December 25, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Bikini Bottom is once again under attack. SpongeBob and Patrick leads the Bikini Bottomite soldiers against Plankton, while E.V.I.L. begins attacking from northeast and utilizes Sandy's treedome as a base, leading Sandy to evacuate with other civilians to the Bikini Bottom National Library. SpongeBob's advisor, Monkoni, blocks E.V.I.L.'s route with a group of witches.

696. Evil Christmas Bash (Part 2) December 26, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton's cousins faces the incoming Atlantean warriors under Colin Neptune, while E.V.I.L. and soldiers under its command are forced to retreat to the Konsez Monument. SpongeBob and Patrick storms through the tight enemy resistance near the Krusty Krab, and manages to retake it with Mr. Krabs. The rest of the gang clears out civilian buildings throughout West Bikini Bottom, and Monkoni evacuate citizens to Old Kelp City and New Atlantis.

697. Evil Christmas Bash (Part 3) December 27, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton launches a massive counterattack with Satan's warriors, but Princess Mindy fights it off with Neptune, and Monkoni retakes Sandy's treedome, which is used as E.V.I.L.'s resistance base. Monkoni's old enemy, witch Ankone, faces Monkoni, and Ankone is killed in a gruesome duel. Under Sandy and Nico Cheeks, Plankton's warriors retreat to a farm owned by Dale Danser, who is suspected of helping Plankton. The farm is destroyed, and enemy forces retreat away to Lomeios River.

698. Evil Christmas Bash (Part 4) December 28, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob, Patrick and Squidward manages to bring Santa Claus away from Plankton. However, Plankton attacks Bikini Bottom again from Lomeios River, and destroys SpongeBob's core army in North Bikini Bottom. Chum Bucket and Krusty Krab are retaken by Plankton, and SpongeBob and the gang retreats, this time to Atlantis.

699. Put Plankton Aback December 29, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton turns Bikini Bottom into a slavery institution, and employ slaves for his own comfort. SpongeBob and the gang must free the slaves before Plankton can use them to conquer Bikini Atoll and all underground cities in close vicinity.

700. Operation: Get Down December 30, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Squidward become spies and steal military files from Plankton, creating a reason for Plankton's great stress and near-insanity.

701. Operation: Defend Atlantis December 31, 2048 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton deposes and sends to exile the leader of Atlantis, Neptune, and replaces him with an impostor.

702. The Creepy Plankton January 1, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A rebellion group, secretly led by Patrick, tries to overthrow Plankton from government, but fails.

703. A Whole New Evil January 2, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton becomes more and more evil that he becomes paranoid. His cousins try to find medicine for him, and Plankton ends up learning spiritualism.

704. Return to Bikini Bottom January 3, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and the gang return to Bikini Bottom and drives a massive coup with Monkoni and his witch army to overthrow Plankton. Then, Larry the Lobster comes to help.

705. Road to Exile January 4, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The coup works well, and Plankton was overthrown from power. The previous, democratic government of Bikini Bottom are brought out of exile in Cairo, Egypt, and Plankton is exiled to Cardiff, Wales.

Season 35
706. One Hundredth and Double January 5, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

James, SpongeBob and Sandy's son, gets fired from his employer Mordecai's theater after being suspected of corruption. Now, James must try to restore his name.

707. Medical Krabs January 6, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs opens a hospital using cheap tools and spare parts, and soon a pandemic hits underwater life throughout the Pacific Ocean. Mr. Krabs must find a quick solution to this before the first victim dies in 23 hours.

708. Extra Singing Experience January 7, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob decides to explore deep inside his singing ability.

709. Boxer Pants January 9, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob becomes a boxer, and ends up facing Manny Pacquiao. SpongeBob trains without sleep for 2 days to face him.

710. When It Trembles on Me January 18, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Bikini Bottom is hit by an earthquake, and all citizens are evacuated to avoid an incoming tsunami. SpongeBob and the gang must stop the tsunami before Bikini Bottom sinks under it.

711. The Dancing Light January 22, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick joins Apple Inc., and creates a computer filled with 9999 dancing programs and no other programs.

712. Soul for Help January 27, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Satan sells a pure soul, which he mistakes it as an evil soul, to Plankton. Soon, Plankton becomes very good, and Mr. Krabs begins suspecting something strange in Plankton.

713. To Cross the Time January 28, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs, SpongeBob and Squidward messes up with history and time, and they must fix it before the future becomes uncertain and disappears, and they are trapped forever in the past.

714. Astronaut Star January 30, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick, Mindy and Flonty become astronauts and is sent to the International Space Station, but Patrick puts the continuity of the space station at stake because of an incident, and he must fix it in 30 minutes, or the station will disintegrate.

715. The Evil Chaffeur February 15, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton throws Krusty Krab into bankruptcy and becomes rich. He hires a driver, Goring Monzok, who turns out to be 99% more evil than Plankton, and is actually a mortal cover for the Loch Ness Monster, who wants to kill Krabs and Plankton because of a feud in the past. Now, Krabs and Plankton must get rid of the monster and return it to its habitat.

716. Fanciest, Fancies, Fancy February 28, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward seeks to become the fanciest man in Bikini Bottom to win the Fancy Man Awards, but Squilliam is ready to face him.

717. Your Ignorable One (Part 1) June 30, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick becomes ignored by his friends after making fun of them, and decides to leave Bikini Bottom forever.

718. Your Ignorable One (Part 2) July 1, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and the gang tries to convince Patrick to go home, but he refuses and goes to New Atlantis, where he becomes a waiter in the Royal Zeus Restaurant.

719. Your Ignorable One (Part 3) July 2, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and the gang are kidnapped while trying to bring Patrick home, and Patrick must find them.

720. Your Ignorable One (Part 4) July 4, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick is successfully rescued by the gang and returns home happily. The kidnappers, who turn out to be Plankton's cousins, are arrested.

721. No Good Squid July 9, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Bikini Bottomites are having enough with Mr. Krabs' cheapness, and stages a massive riot led by Squidward. SpongeBob tries to stop the riot but ends up joining it.

722. Judge in Disaster July 10, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob finally gets his own driving license, but he is stripped of it when his boat crashes through Neptune's palace in Atlantis (6 days away from SpongeBob's house), and he begs for Patrick to teach him.

723. The Clarinet Priest July 11, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward goes to Jerusalem and becomes a Jewish priest, but he disturbs people there with his horrible clarinet playing.

724. Composer, Composer One July 14, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After seeing no future with clarinet, Squidward tries to be a composer, but he fails and returns to clarinet.

725. Just For the Legacy July 18, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs writes a memoir about him which gets negative reviews due to his cheapness being shown in the memoir.

Season 36
726. Running Tournament July 27, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob, Squidward, Patrick, Sandy and SpongeBob's son James compete to be the fastest runner to rotate around the Krusty Krab 99 times.

727. 90's Style July 28, 2049 Written by: Ponyo Fan

SpongeBob finds an old time capsule containing a missing letter to his parents about his son James being born.

728. To Try a Thing July 30, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

If counted with fanon years here, SpongeBob would be 63 years old. Now, the aging sponge wants to do something for the first time in 40 years: jellyfishing.

729. Large-Numbered Pineapple of Horror III August 7, 2049 Written by: Ponyo Fan

The monsters are released onto several producers and war goes on at Paramount Studios while SpongeBob and friends have normal adventures.

NOTE: This is the first of any Pineapple of Horror saga to be rated TV-PG since Pineapple of Horror, the first Pineapple of Horror of the saga. It airs uncut everywhere, despite the rating and minor blood.

730. Two and Four Parents August 15, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick's parents, Herb and Margie Star, moves into Patrick's house, but Patrick's fake parents (seen in "I'm With Stupid"), Janet and Marty, also moves in. A feud erupts between Herb, Margie, Marty and Janet Star as they fights over Patrick.

731. Another Computer Peace August 30, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton throws Karen and also Karen's enemy Blondi out of the Chum Bucket to find some peace. Now, Karen and Blondi must find a new house to stay.

732. Telediction September 4, 2049 Written by: Ponyo Fan

A new show controlled by Plankton has everyone addicted and mind-controlled to do whatever he says...even SpongeBob! What can the others do to save the day?

733. Sleepover of a Cephalopod September 7, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs is forced out of his house by Pearl, and he decides to sleep in SpongeBob's house. However, when electricity comes down (because SpongeBob forget to pay his electricity bills), they goes to Squidward's house. Meanwhile, Patrick feels strange with his house, and sleeps in Squidward's house. An earthquake happens, and Squidward's house falls underground. With the house buried, SpongeBob, Gary the Snail, Patrick, Squidward and Mr. Krabs must find a way out.

734. Neptune and the Escape September 10, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A rebellion happens in the lost city of Atlantis, and Neptune, Mindy and Triton flees. Patrick gives his and Mindy's son, Colin Neptune, the Throne of Seven Seas, Neptune's Atlantean throne. Now, Colin must solve the rebellion and the mysteries behind it.

735. To Get a New House September 17, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

It is the time for James SquarePants to move out of his father SpongeBob's house, and he finds a house on the top of Corally Hills, overlooking Bikini Bottom and Jellyfish Fields.

736. The Theater of a Flonty September 18, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Flonty buys Mordecai's theater, and manages the theater poorly, much to his employees' dismay. They want to bring Mordecai back to the movie theater.

737. Legend of Two Kings in Atlantis September 19, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Neptune makes his political advisor, Drelten of Atlantis, the co-king of Atlantis, ruling with him there.

738. Royalty Feud September 20, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

People in the Atlantean royal court are displeased with Neptune and Drelten, and tries to throw them out of Atlantis.

739. The Mighty Holdout September 30, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick's paternal grandfather, Billy Bob Star, comes to Patrick's house, and he tells SpongeBob and Patrick about his experiences as a Japanese holdout who refused to surrender after the end of World War II.

740. Dictation of a Eugene Krabs September 30, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs dictates his childhood period in a dictionary-styled book.

741. Anti-Krabs Alliance November 9, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Bikini Bottomites form an alliance to get the cheap Mr. Krabs out of Bikini Bottom.

Note: The episode title is a parody of the ongoing Anti-Wikia Alliance on Wikia Community Central in the real world when this episode was written on Sunday, October 17, 2010.

742. King Adoption Generous November 15, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Neptune and Drelten as the co-kings of Atlantis, adopts Mr. Krabs to teach him how to be generous.

743. Give Drive to Sponge December 14, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob joins Richard Petty Motorsports and drives the number 44 car, but when he raced at Daytona, his car crashed due to SpongeBob's erratic way of driving.

744. Stranded, Missing, Found December 15, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The gang embarks on a search of Monkoni's missing parents, Vickers and Mary.

745. Photo for the New Gang December 16, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The gang poses for a new photo which includes their newest members, Vickers and Mary, and also Krabs' parents, Victor and Betsy, who was revealed to be Vickers' schoolmate in Harvard University in the 1930s.

Season 37
746. All the Pleasant Things December 17, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs uses his money to buy cheap, low-quality kitchen and cashier utilities, which caused Krabby Patties to smell bad, and customers left the Krusty Krab.

747. The Food Package December 18, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Squidward are sent to the Blotty Food Factory to receive a special package of frozen patties.

748. Puff's Boating Race December 19, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mrs. Puff holds a race for her boating school students, including SpongeBob.

749. The Sun is Brighter December 20, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Gary and Snellie are unsatisfied with SpongeBob and tries to run away.

750. Coming to Krabbottom December 21, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When a rebellion happens and forces the Bikini Bottom government to flee towards the Hawaiian Islands, Mr. Krabs becomes an emergency president, pending the government's return.

751. That Horrible Night December 25, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

While celebrating Christmas on his ship, Grandpa Redbeard fell unconscious due to exhaustion. After regaining consciousness, he complains of always having a terrific headache, during which he heard the sound "Women and children only!" and "Iceberg, right ahead!". Eventually, he tells Mr. Krabs, Squidward and SpongeBob about his experiences when he was 12 years old, aboard the ill-fated RMS Titanic.

752. The Vital Exile (Part 1) December 31, 2049 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After trying to steal the secret formula of Krabby Patty, Plankton is sent to exile in Nuuk, the capital city of Greenland. There, he begins to write his memoirs.

753. The Vital Exile (Part 2) January 1, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton's memoirs are nearly completed when 4 mammal-hunter tribes were thrown into a war, and Nuuk was devastated. Eventually, he joined a massive exodus to Longyearbyen, a city located in Spitsbergen island, of the Svalbard archipelago.

754. The Vital Exile (Part 3) January 2, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton negotiates with a local publisher to publish his memoirs throughout the island. Meanwhile, Karen and Blondi took joint charge of the Chum Bucket.

755. The Vital Exile (Part 4) January 3, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When Plankton becomes rich after his memoirs are released, he makes a new plan to return to Bikini Bottom. His plan is uncovered by the CIA, and Plankton is put into house arrest in Ny-Alesund, Spitsbergen.

756. The Vital Exile (Part 5) January 4, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Karen and Blondi pays a visit to Plankton in Ny-Alesund. Plankton expresses interest in working for a research organization, the Spitsbergen Research Corporation, which is going to open a base in Ny-Alesund.

757. The Vital Exile (Part 6) January 5, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After being issued an official permission from the government of Spitsbergen, Plankton works for Spitsbergen Research Corporation, under the agreement that he be sent to prison for 15 years if he is caught making another evil plan.

758. The Vital Exile (Part 7) January 6, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton begins his first day in Spitsbergen Research Corporation, and soon he becomes popular among fellow researchers.

759. The Vital Exile (Part 8) January 7, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton becomes the head of Spitsbergen Workers Association, and advocates for improved working condition.

760. The Vital Exile (Part 9) January 8, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton is briefly detained by enemies of the Spitsbergen Workers Association, only to be liberated by a Norwegian platoon 5 hours later.

761. The Vital Exile (Part 10) January 9, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton advocates again for improved working condition, and he succeeds. The Kingdom of Norway passed a law requiring research companies to have adequate and clean working condition for its employees.

762. Unjust Restaurants (Part 1) January 10, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward quits the Krusty Krab, and raises money to buy the Diner restaurant. When the Diner restaurant becomes successful, Mr. Krabs decides to destroy Squidward's business by making foods more delicious than the Krabby Patty.

763. Unjust Restaurant (Part 2) January 11, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs' tactic appears to be successful, only to be met by protest from customers loyal to the Krabby Patty. Meanwhile, Squidward successfully forces Squilliam to recognize him as being superior to him.

764. Unjust Restaurants (Part 3) January 12, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

ManRay allies with Dirty Bubble and SpongeBob's old foe Bubble Bass to form a new E.V.I.L. league. With a mission to destroy the Krusty Krab, Squidward and Squilliam joins E.V.I.L. Meanwhile, SpongeBob and Krabs receives the official support of the Mayor of Bikini Bottom, Samuel Hitler, as the flagship restaurant of Bikini Bottom, and builds a small army around the restaurant building, with Mr. Krabs establishing a fiefdom entity.

765. Unjust Restaurants (Part 4) January 13, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

With his power increasing, Mr. Krabs comes into a conflict with the Bikini Bottom government. Meanwhile, SpongeBob tricks the Fancy! restaurant into forming an alliance with the Krusty Krab. Squidward allies with Rock Bottom and Ukulele Bottom to attack Bikini Bottom, while Neptune supports Bikini Bottom and sends Atlantean soldiers to guard the city.

Season 38
766. Unjust Restaurants (Part 5) January 14, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick joins SpongeBob in tricking smaller restaurants in Bikini Bottom into supporting the Krusty Krab. However, SpongeBob's wise advisor, Monkoni, realizes this and tries to bring his master back to the way of truth. He begins teaching Patrick about truth, honesty, peace, and guides Patrick on his way to turn SpongeBob against Mr. Krabs.

767. Unjust Restaurants (Part 6) January 15, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick turns SpongeBob against Mr. Krabs, thus completing Monkoni's mission. Monkoni sends Patrick and his son Colin as diplomats to the Krusty Krab, demanding for peace from Mr. Krabs and the Bikini Bottom government. The 48-hour negotiation is successful, and all returns to normal.

768. The Most Sincere Decision January 17, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The Bikini Bottom government plans to expand the city, and builds 25 two-floor wooden houses for a newly-formed Jewish community and a Hasidic Judaism temple around the Conch Street neighborhood. Soon, SpongeBob and Patrick became friends with the Jews, while Squidward tries to get them off the neighborhood.

769. Visit of a Son January 20, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

James and Sandy paid a visit to SpongeBob, while Colin visited Patrick with Mindy. Meanwhile, Mordecai's theater is criticized for airing the controversial The Heavenly Preacher movie.

770. Monkoni's Television January 22, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Monkoni and his subordinate witches creates a television, which sells well in Bikini Bottom and Rock Bottom.

771. Mozart, Beethoven, Hummel, Schubert, Brahms, Tentacles February 10, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward tries to be a great pianist and joins a club of hobbyist and amateur musicians, Rocking Ultra Music, in Bikini Bottom.

772. Restaurant Debate February 18, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A debate happens in the Krusty Krab between Mr. Krabs, Squidward and the president of Anti-Globalization Association, Jonathan Roberts, regarding amount of wage received by employees in the restaurant.

773. The Genealogy and The Sponge February 25, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and James discovers the fact that through a human-fish line which ends up with an Achaemenid cadet line, they are descended to the last King of Israel, Hoshea.

774. Ghost-O-Meeting March 28, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The Flying Dutchman holds a meeting with ghosts from the eras of antiquity, Middle Ages and early modern in the first heaven.

775. Tolerance Unexpected March 30, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Neptune and Drelten, the co-kings of Atlantis, lets Poseidon come to Atlantis, resulting in another co-king ruling over Atlantis.

776. Oceanus and Poseidon May 9, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends try to figure out the differences between Oceanus and Poseidon.

777. Long Time No See May 10, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob joins a reunion of elementary school friends in Ukulele Bottom.

778. Settling the Dust May 25, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Bikini Bottom is involved in a war with Atlantis, and Mordecai and Nico Cheeks joined the Bikini Bottom Army, while other members of the gang try to stop the war.

779. Letter to the Future June 8, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

To attract more customers to the Krusty Krab, Mr. Krabs moves the wreck of the famous German battleship Bismarck to the restaurant, but the plan backfires when the move causes environmental damage, and the wreck is returned to its original resting site.

780. No Krabs, No Money June 22, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward rebels against Mr. Krabs and quits his job. Soon, he brings all Bikini Bottomites, including SpongeBob, to demonstrate against the cheapness of Mr. Krabs, who is arrested a day later. They are pleased with the arrest, thinking that the police is going to help them, only to be dismayed when they hears that Mr. Krabs is captured due to him secretly possessing Rembrandt's The Storm on the Sea of Galilee, stolen in 1990.

Note: This is the episode in which Squidward famously remarks about Mr. Krabs in a part of his speech: "He is a naughty and cheap intelligent species who does nothing but gaining money and money through a food scam. He is the artwork of Satan. If you ask me how I describe him, I will answer: first in cheapness, first in manipulation, first in the hatred of his countrymen." The complete speech is always chosen in all occasions as the greatest fictional speech of all time.

781. No Krabs, No Money 2 July 4, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward and SpongeBob realizes that without Mr. Krabs, Bikini Bottom will be moneyless. So, they tries to bail Mr. Krabs out of prison as a part of the Fourth of July celebrations (Bikini Bottom is a part of the United States.)

782. Deadly Stupidity July 12, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Feeling strange regarding Patrick's increasing stupidity over the last 3 days, Squidward tells SpongeBob to bring Patrick to the doctor. They are shocked to know that Patrick is suffering from the very rare, and very deadly, mind disability disease, a symptom of Alzheimer's disease. Patrick must be cured within 48 hours, or he will die.

783. Independence Establishment July 18, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A twist of fate and destiny brings SpongeBob, Patrick, Sandy and James into a secessionist movement in Bikini Bottom, aiming to create an independent government as a city-state.

784. Justice in War July 20, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Opposition to the American-sponsored government in Bikini Bottom grows as SpongeBob and Sandy becomes famous as advocates for the secessionist movement.

785. Season Over, New Government July 25, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The American-sponsored government of Bikini Bottom is overthrown in a public coup, and the people of Bikini Bottom begins to prepare a new, independent government as Season 38 reaches its end.

Season 39
786. Stay With the Mayor July 30, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Through a referendum staged by Mr. Krabs, the people of Bikini Bottom unanimously appointed Samuel Hitler to another infinite term as mayor under the new government in Bikini Bottom.

787. Choosing the President August 8, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The time arrives for the Bikini Bottomites to choose the new President of Bikini Bottom, and they chooses Jay Jared, leader of the workerism-oriented Party of People's Workers, and Roberto Josephus, leader of the neoliberalism-oriented Bikini Bottom National Neoliberty Movement, as Vice President of Bikini Bottom.

788. Choosing the Congress August 10, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The people of Bikini Bottom, much to the amusement of Mr. Krabs and SpongeBob, gives the Party of People's Workers and Bikini Botom National Neoliberty Movement an equal number of 300 seats, while the Communist Party of Bikini Bottom receives the remaining 200 seats, in the election of members of the Bikini Bottom Congress.

789. Where to Buy, Where to Inaugurate August 14, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The inauguration of President Jared and Vice President Josephus is going to be held tomorrow, but the tools used for the inauguration goes missing. SpongeBob and the gang agrees to find the thief.

790. The First Inauguration August 15, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After the thief, who appears to be Dirty Bubble, is arrested and sentenced to 500 hours of community service, President Jared and Vice President Josephus are inaugurated in the Bikini Bottom Mayoral Palace, now renamed Bikini Bottom Presidential and Mayoral Palace. Meanwhile, around the road separating the Krusty Krab and the Chum Bucket, Mayor Hitler and 500 members of the Bikini Bottom Congress are inaugurated in a massive event, with Karen and Blondi, the computer subjects of Plankton, presiding over the event.

791. First Day in Office August 16, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

President Jared, Vice President Josephus, Mayor Hitler and the Congress members attempt to improve the working condition of the Bikini Bottomites, but their different views end up causing the government to nearly collapse, only to be rescued by SpongeBob, Patrick, Sandy, James, Colin and Mindy.

792. The Ultimate Fight August 25, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The SpongeBob crew in the Nickelodeon headquarters get into a great fight, and SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures is put on hiatus. Meanwhile, under the sea, the fight between the new government members continue.

793. Reconciliation and Fixing November 27, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Finally, after several reconciliation efforts by James and Colin, the government members of Bikini Bottom reconcile and promises to fix the disoriented government, almost collapsing due to their continuous fight. Meanwhile, in the Nickelodeon headquarters, the SpongeBob crew agrees to end their fight under the threat of being fired forever from Nickelodeon.

794. Seahorse of the Past December 1, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

While visiting New Atlantis, SpongeBob finds his old seahorse, Mystery, old and dirty, waiting for him for 48 years, between the airdate of the episode My Pretty Seahorse (July 12, 2002) and the airdate of this episode (December 1, 2050). After Mystery is brought home, SpongeBob reveals to Squidward, Patrick and the Hasidic Jews who lived in his neighborhood, about how and why Mystery was instructed to go to New Atlantis to wait for him. SpongeBob tries to find Mystery in New Atlantis, but his busy schedule always prevents him from finding Mystery.

795. Race, Win, Money December 9, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mystery participates in a seahorse racing and wins a prize money of 100 million dollars for SpongeBob and his family, but Mr. Krabs tries to steal the money.

796. That Horrible Crash December 15, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Colin is injured when an Atlantean train falls off a cliff on the way to Bikini Bottom. Colin suffers from dementia due to head injuries, and the gang must return Colin to his normal status.

797. Ushering a New Party December 21, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

While preparing for a Christmas party, SpongeBob tells James to do "you-know-what". James seeks out to find the meaning of this "you-know-what", only to find that it means, nothing. SpongeBob wants James to do his normal activities.

798. Rugby Pants December 22, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and the gang, along with King Neptune, Princess Mindy and Triton, plays rugby league and rugby union in the Krusty Krab.

799. Australian Rules Pants December 24, 2050 Written by; Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and the gang plays Australian rules football, this time without King Neptune, Princess Mindy and Triton.

800. The 800th Episode December 25, 2050 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After a large-scale preparation, the people of Bikini Bottom, including SpongeBob and friends, celebrates a Christmas party in the Bikini Bottom Presidential and Mayoral Palace. A statue of SpongeBob is unveiled by President Jared in the palace's garden.

801. SpongeBob in Jericho January 1, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends visit Jericho. However, Patrick's stupid antics cause them to be caught in no man's land when Israel and Palestine becomes involved in war over control of the West Bank.

802. New Friends January 4, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After several efforts with SpongeBob and Patrick's help, Squidward becomes friendly to the Hasidic Jews living around him. Meanwhile, it is announced that a community of Indian Brahmins and Sudras are going to live around the Krusty Krab and Chum Bucket. Mr. Krabs tries to invite both Indian castes, which are polar opposites, to eat in the Krusty Krab.

803. Crazy Spongy January 6, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and James solve a mystery regarding the disappearance of a Brahmin priest and manages to save the priest from a group of vicious monsters in the mysterious Jungle of the Dead.

804. From One to One (Part 1) January 10, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Due to the dramatic increase in the size of Bikini Bottom, which is added by the arrival of 3 Taoist communities in Bikini Bottom, the government creates a huge railroad network which encompasses the city and divides the city into Upper Bikini Bottom, Middle Bikini Bottom and Lower Bikini Bottom. Between Middle Bikini Bottom and Lower Bikini Bottom, there is an autonomous district, the CIA District, which consists of 10 CIA communities, which consists of CIA officers and their families, who were placed in Bikini Bottom.

805. From One to One (Part 2) January 16, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A CIA revolt happens, and the government asks SpongeBob and the gang to help them extinguish the revolt. The gang meets the CIA officers. After a lengthy negotiation, all returns to normal.

Season 40
806. Monkoni in Trouble January 20, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Monkoni, who lives in SpongeBob's house, in Middle Bikini Bottom, goes to visit his parents, Vickers and Mary, in Upper Bikini Bottom. However, a mysterious incident puts him in trouble. Another trouble arrives when Bob and Patty comes back to SpongeBob and friends' life and buys a house in Middle Bikini Bottom.

807. Central Intelligence Krabs January 25, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward tries to disguise as Squilliam to make himself famous; SpongeBob, Patrick, Bob and Patty are abducted to a CIA underground base below a part of the CIA District, where he meets Mr. Krabs, the manager of the base. Under Krabs' guidance, they are assigned to Atlantis as CIA spies, where they, unfortunately, causes a big trouble.

808. Forward to the Future January 26, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and the gang's English friend, Flonty, decides to go forward to the future, but he is shocked to see Bikini Bottom in a state of chaos. He decides to change the future by changing the situation of the present-day in Bikini Bottom.

809. Cheapskate Worker February 10, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After Squidward stages a minor protest with some Brahmins and Sudras, Mr. Krabs is forced out of the Krusty Krab. After presiding over the marriage of Pearl and Octavius Rex, he works in the Bikini Bottom National Railroad Corporation as a train operator. However, after almost meeting his death due to boredom, Mr. Krabs tries to return to his restaurant.

810. Operation Foxtrot Pants February 28, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Through a special order issued by the Kingdom of Norway, Plankton is released from his duties in Ny-Alesund, given the Socialist Orders of Merit award and allowed to return to Bikini Bottom. However, in Bikini Bottom, he makes a new plan to steal the Krabby Patty secret formula in Operation Foxtrot Pants, along with Flonty's foe Takijushi Masuraki, who moves to Lower Bikini Bottom, ManRay, Dirty Bubble and SpongeBob's enemy Bubble Bass. Will Plankton and his minions prevail?

811. Welcome to No Atlantis March 14, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A 45-minute television movie about the sudden disappearance of Neptune, Drelten and Poseidon during the full moon. SpongeBob and the gang, with their old adventurous characteristics and uncaring of age, dares to face a huge danger in finding the co-kings, and goes to the vicious Tigerhead Jungle, without realizing the existence of scary monsters who come out of hiding in the full moon.

812. The Lawsuit March 19, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward sues SpongBob!

813. War Testaments of Eugene Krabs March 30, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs reveals his time as a volunteer for South Vietnam during the Vietnam War to SpongeBob, Patrick and Squidward.

'''814. Krab Attack! April 3, 2051 Written by: Faves3000'''

Because of Mr. Krabs's revealing(see above episode),everyone is set out to kill him!How will this end?

815. Dreamy April 10, 2051 Written by: Faves3000

When Mr. Krabs is about to die,SpongeBob wakes up,only to realize that the war thing was all a dream! So SpongeBob looks out the window to be seeing that everything was all normal.

'''816. What! April 16, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert'''

After the end of the previous episode, when everything is all normal, Mr. Krabs decides to lower Squidward and SpongeBob's wages to 62 cents per month, and this puts the cheap crustacean in trouble.

817. Real Estate Pants April 25, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob becomes a real estate agent. When he gets rich, he begins to forget his friends. Will SpongeBob's friends rescue him from this situation? Will they leave SpongeBob because he ignores them?

818. Learn the Fact May 4, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

An episode long-awaited by fans, Mr. Krabs is forced to reveal the secret formula of Krabby Patty to the Bikini Bottom Health Dep't. Could this be a way for Plankton to get the recipe?

819. We Have Our Own Secrets May 12, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick visits Colin and Mindy in Atlantis, but soon gets into a large trouble with the Atlanteans, who thinks that Patrick is an usurper to the sacred Throne of Seven Seas. While trying to clear his name, Patrick stumbles upon a secret of Poseidon.

820. In-furry-ating May 19, 2051 Written by: [Who really cares?]

Sandy removes her fur to washes it, but she loses it!

821. Carnival O'Sponge May 30, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob opens a carnival, which soon becomes popular. However, due to the huge popularity of the carnival, the Krusty Krab goes bankrupt, and SpongeBob attempts to reopen the restaurant.

822. Cheap Railroad, Cheap Krabs June 12, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs funds the construction of an underground railroad network around Bikini Bottom, the Eugene Krabs Underground Railroad, but when the network is finished, Mr. Krabs gets into problem with the investors due to his cheapness.

823. Neptune's Visit June 18, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Neptune goes to Bikini Bottom, and visits SpongeBob and friends in the Krusty Krab. Plankton makes another plan to steal the Krabby Patty secret formula.

824. Karate Flonty June 22, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Sandy teaches Flonty about karate, but Flonty's karate skills almost stresses them to death. Meanwhile, Flonty gets into a fight with Nico, Bob and Patty.

825. I Am Romulus June 28, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs falls unconscious due to exhaustion, and Squidward takes over the Krusty Krab as temporary manager. When Krabs returns, he becomes crazy and wants to be called Romulus, the founder of Rome. Now, SpongeBob and Squidward must return Mr. Krabs to normal.

Season 41 (SpongeBob in Mars season)
826. Our Space Program July 1, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After solving the overpopulation dilemma (see episode 820) and improving the economy, military and political conditions, President Jared announces Plan Triple Foxtrot Bravo Underwater, to launch at least 2 Bikini Bottomites to Mars. Vice President Josephus sends a scout to find a suitable astronaut to Mars.

827. The Government and The Astronauts July 3, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Finally, 15 astronauts are chosen. They are SpongeBob, Patrick, Sandy, James, Colin, Mindy, Flonty, Nico, Pearl, Mr. Krabs, Squidward, Nico, Gary, Snellie and Octavius Rex. The chosen astronauts are brought to the main base of Bikini Bottom Central Aeronautical and Space Agency, just outside Bikini Bottom, where they begins their training as astronauts.

828. To Go Home or Not to Go Home July 8, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

5 days of tough, 15-hour training passed, and the astronauts are getting bored with the Mars mission. They decides to flee, but this decision puts them in trouble.

829. The Designer July 14, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends are introduced to the designer of the Martian rocket, Professor Giovianni Arthur Elias Esperados de van Brukswich, who is also going to participate as an astronaut in the program, resulting in a total of 16 astronauts.

830. Get the Tools July 18, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mayor Samuel Hitler sends SpongeBob and Patrick to go to a new Japanese Shinto community in Lower Bikini Bottom and retrieve several key tools and machines used to give energy to the rocket. Will they succeed?

831. To Launch or Not to Launch July 20, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The rocket is going to be launched, but a mechanical failure is found by technician. Unfortunately, when he is going to report the failure to his superior, the rocket launches. Now, the people in the agency base warns the astronauts to return in order to fix the failure. Finally, after it is repaired, the rocket launches to Mars. With the fast speed of the rocket, they are expected to arrive on August 5.

832. Trajectory and Cheapness July 24, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The agency suggests to the astronauts to use the key tools to give more energy to the rocket, but Mr. Krabs fears that the expensive tools will destroy Bikini Bottom's financial condition due to some factors, and tells the astronauts not to use the tools. While discussing the possibility of using cheaper tools, they realize that the rocket is left uncontrolled and it's now 1 thousand kilometers away from the Moon. Will they succeed in realigning the rocket?

833. Spongy Rocketry Crashing July 24, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Unfortunately, the rocket crashes on the Moon, and the astronauts try to fix it, resulting in scheduling delays. The agency tries to guide them, until they realize that this mistake is out of their control. Now, the astronauts are left alone to fix the rocket with the available tools.

834. We Shall Do It July 31, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The rocket is now repaired, and the astronauts are ready to go to Mars. However, before leaving, they decides to study the geology of the Moon.

835. On To the Planet August 2, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Finally, the rocket launches to Mars. The astronauts find out that an engine is broken, and turns it off to avoid another damage to the rocket.

836. Finally, Mars August 9, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The astronauts make history when they lands on Mars, with SpongeBob the first one to set foot on the Martian surface. They agrees to study the Martian ecology, geology and make an observation of the planet's two moons, Phobos and Deimos.

837. The Satellites of The Red August 11, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After two days, the astronauts use the rocket to go to land on Mars' satellites, Phobos and Deimos, and set foot on it. However, after landing on Deimos, the astronauts face trouble when a study almost causes the satellite to disintegrate.

838. We Are Not Slaves August 16, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

While returning to Mars, a disagreement ends up with the astronauts fighting each other. SpongeBob and Patrick attempts to stop the fight.

839. The Martian Return August 16, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The astronauts make a last return to Mars and lands just 2 km south of the site where the Mars 3 lander rests. The astronauts visit the lander and manages to extract the unused rover, which appears to be fully intact. After letting the rover rest next to the lander, the astronauts return to the rocket as the Martian sunset begins.

840. Leaving Mars August 20, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After making a report about Mars, the astronauts leave the Red Planet in order to return to the Earth. During this time, stability problems occur. A fuel tank is discovered to be leaking, and to return stability to the rocket, the tank is depleted of fuel and disposed.

841. Fasting in Space August 22, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Faced with decreasing number of food, the astronauts voluntarily fasts in space to prevent the exhaustion of food supply.

842. Have to Eat August 27, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After not eating and drinking for 5 days, the astronauts are getting tired and exhausted. The ground station in the agency tells the astronauts to eat some food, but not more than half of the available supply.

843. Command Ignored August 30, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

As the rocket approached the Earth, more problems occur. A fuel tank is now without fuel, and another fuel tank is quickly running out of fuel. To save the remaining fuel, the astronauts decide to slow the rocket's speed and turn off 3 unused medium-scale engines.

844. Not Again September 2, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The astronauts run out of food, and voice commands from the ground station are getting weaker due to the limitations placed on the rocket due to its problems. They tries to fix the voice receiver and speaker, but the speaker gets broken, and the astronauts are now unable to answer the ground station's calls. With the Earth being a day away, the astronauts continue their return journey.

845. To Return or Not to Return September 3, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Finally, the rocket reaches the Earth. As it enters the atmosphere, the voice receiver gets broken, along with the steering wheel. Rather than landing on the sea as expected, it goes underwater with a speed of 400 km/hour before landing violently on the sea floor, near the ground station. The engines and key tools for the rocket collapse, but the astronauts are alive. They are triumphantly greeted by a large celebration in Bikini Bottom.

Season 42
846. Beach Ball September 10, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When Goo Lagoon's popularity drops, SpongeBob suggests to Larry the Lobster to create a beach soccer tournament, which soon becomes popular in Bikini Bottom. However, Mr. Krabs wants to gain access to all the money produced from the tournament, and Plankton wants to steal the valuable ball used by the tournament to get money by selling it, use the money to buy a Krabby Patty and discover its secret formula.

847. The Underwater Witchcraft September 11, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Flonty wants to be a witch, and Monkoni teaches him all about witchcraft, but Flonty makes chaos out of it.

848. Robbery Krabs September 17, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Bikini Bottom's national bank, the First Nautical Bank, becomes the target of robbery. When a massive search sponsored by the World Bank is held by the Bikini Bottomites, Mr. Krabs tells them that he is the one who robs the bank ("Bikini Bottom likes freedom. Bikini Bottom promotes freedom. We all must promote freedom, even if you have to rob a bank after an employee denies you access to money due to some foolish reasons.")

849. Mountain Surfing September 29, 2051 Written by: Ponyo Fan

SpongeBob and Patrick foolishly choose a house on top of a mountain for their vacation home. Once they are trapped, SpongeBob and Patrick must go on the mountain-surfing adventure of their lives!

850. Jellyfishing Live October 1, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends create a new show, the Jellyfishing Live, which soon becomes popular. However, when it becomes too popular and becomes chaotic with its popularity, the show is stopped.

851. Paying in Soul October 3, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The Flying Dutchman is bored of Krabs' cheapness. So, he decides to take him to the Davy Jones locker. However, trouble ensues when the ghost takes Plankton, who is disguising as Mr. Krabs to steal the secret formula of Krabby Patty.

852. Energy Surgery October 5, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When SpongeBob runs out of energy due to working too hard in the Krusty Krab, he undergoes an "energy surgery".

853. To the Diomedes October 14, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends visit the Little and Big Diomede Islands, bordering Russia and Alaska. Soon, they gets into trouble with the islanders.

854. Whale of a Chum October 21, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Tired of his father's cheapness, Pearl learns cooking before going to the Chum Bucket. Soon, the Chum Bucket becomes popular with teenage foods. Mr. Krabs must try to get Pearl back, before it is too late.

855. Squidnomics October 29, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward tries to make a to-do list and a policy list which will help him become a great clarinetist. Soon, Squidward becomes successful, and everybody in Bikini Bottom wants to make them successful by using the "Squidnomics". Now, Squidward is panicked and decides to leave his successful career.

Note: Squidnomics is a parody of Reaganomics.

856. Land of Homeland October 30, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends visit Sandy's hometown, Houston, Texas, and encounters Sandy's family, who brings them to a ranch. Now, during their 6-day stay in Houston, SpongeBob and friends try to do something strange.

857. The Ancestor of Darkness November 4, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs tells SpongeBob, Patrick and Squidward the story of the first ruler of Bikini Bottomshire, a kraken named Elo, a former subject of the Sea of Darkness, who is famous for defeating an army of 1 million underwater beasts and conquering the whole Pacific Ocean before being killed by his son who betrays him, Aalo, in Bikini Bottomshire.

858. Mountains of Mystery November 10, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Patrick hears a story about the mysterious, treasonous and cold No Trespass Mountains beyond the Atlantis Desert. When they goes across the desert and the mountains, they find an existing ancient civilization and meets its people, the Ancient Atlanteans, who were pushed away beyond the mountains by the Modern Atlanteans, which inhabit Atlantis now, 3.000 years ago.

859. Live With the Ancients November 11, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Patrick tries to live with the Ancient Atlanteans. However, they have to undergo a heavy challenge: master the 20 elements of survival, take a golden sword away from a giant demon camp, make a strong shield with water and paper, and defeat the chief of the Ancient Atlanteans with the elements of survival, the sword and the shield.

860. The Cheerleader November 12, 2051 Written by: Ponyo Fan

Pearl feels jealousness when Sandy joins the cheerleading squad and tries to mess her up, but always ends up making her look better.

861. Bookstore Krabs November 20, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

To increase sales in the Krusty Krab, Mr. Krabs begins selling the Encyclopaedia Britannica and his own book, Guide to Anti-Plankton Measures. When rival restaurants in Bikini Bottom begins selling books, the bookstore market falls to chaos, resulting in an economic recession.

862. The Realm Below Squidward November 21, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Patrick's new supercomputer malfunctions and create a realm of void below Squidward's house, along with a giant Krabby Patty. SpongeBob eats the Krabby Patty before leaving the realm with Patrick and Squidward, and reuniting the realm with the computer system.

863. The Temple of Krabs November 25, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When Mr. Krabs orders SpongeBob and Squidward to build a temple dedicated to him next to the Krusty Krab, the Bikini Bottomites protest, because of Krabs' cheapness. Ultimately, the temple is constructed as the Temple of SpongeBob.

864. Bob and Patty: The History November 30, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A documentary about Bob and Patty before they enters SpongeBob and friends' life.

865. Through the Self December 1, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick tells his Atlantean son, Colin, to "take the light". The next day, Colin, assuming that his father is showing his stupidity through such a strange quote, begins to realize the physical and spiritual power, might and influence of the quote.

Season 43
866. Squidward's Ark December 5, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

To show his artistic abilities, Squidward builds a replica of Noah's Ark. However, the Bikini Bottomites begin to suspect that Squidward is crazy, since there will be no flood, and the police attempts to admit Squidward into a mental institution.

867. SpongeBob and The Wrath of Neptune: Part 1 December 7, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Patrick visits Atlantis, just as a royal doctor tells King Neptune, after a series of stress, that he is officially insane. Believing that SpongeBob and Patrick are trying to depose Neptune and install Colin, Patrick and Mindy's son, on the Throne of Seven Seas, Neptune throws SpongeBob and Patrick to prison and forces the doctor to do the work of Neptune's gardener. He prepares the Atlantean Armed Forces to attack Bikini Bottom.

868. SpongeBob and The Wrath of Neptune: Part 2 December 8, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

In Bikini Bottom, SpongeBob and Patrick are declared missing. Upon hearing Neptune's intention to attack Bikini Bottom, the city government employs Sandy to create a small-scale version of nuclear weapon to face the Atlantean Armed Forces. Mr. Krabs gains money by directing a defense perimeter in the Krusty Krab. Meanwhile, Plankton and his computer subjects, Karen and Blondi, decide to help Bikini Bottom.

869. SpongeBob and The Wrath of Neptune: Part 3 December 9, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The witch Monkoni gathers a magical force in Bikini Bottom to face the attacking Atlantean Armed Forces. A colossal battle happens, with the Bikini Bottomites being forced to evacuate to chosen shelters. SpongeBob's twin Jake comes and decides to enlist himself as a soldier to help Monkoni and his witches. Mr. Krabs and Plankton works together in preventing the Atlanteans from reaching the Krusty Krab and Chum Bucket. In Atlantis, SpongeBob and Patrick are freed, and leads Mindy, Triton and Amphitrite to stop the battle.

870. SpongeBob and The Wrath of Neptune: Part 4 December 10, 2051 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

With the help of President Jared and Vice President Josephus, SpongeBob, Patrick, Mindy, Triton and Amphitrite gain access to Bikini Bottom. SpongeBob, Patrick and Mindy advocate for peace, and the Atlanteans and Bikini Bottomites reconcile. Back in Atlantis, King Neptune's royal doctor is found to be insane himself, and he is replaced by his smart gardener. At the end of the episode, SpongeBob gains the key of Bikini Bottom.

871. Director of the Day Pt. 1 December 14, 2051 Written by: William Leonard

Today is Director Day, which gives the cast a chance to be crew. First up as Daily Director is SpongeBob. He plans to make a film about Krabby Patties, and Mr. Krabs and Plankton fight over who gets to sponsor the film.

872. Director of the Day Pt. 2 December 15, 2051 Written by: William Leonard

Next up is Squidward, who tries to stop SpongeBob annoying him so he can write the script for his art-themed movie, but fails. Squidward goes insane and destroys all the film equipment. Everything except one small little camcorder that's 10 years old. They try to use that to film all the movie.

873. Director of the Day Pt. 3 December 16, 2051 Written by: William Leonard

It's Patrick's turn to be Director of the Day. He writes the script, which is about his life. They start filming, only to find out Patrick wants the whole film animated. So they start animating. While thy are they find out all of Patrick's secrets and start telling them to others! When Patrick finds out he is very angry. He fires everyone and does the whole 90-minute film himself. The ex-crew see Patrick's finished film and find out Patrick is very good at animating rocks and put a lot in the movie. So much that there was nothing else! There were so many rocks in the movie the viewers couldn't see anything else! They decide to scrap the film and make a 5-minute short about a toilet.

874. Director of the Day Pt. 4 December 17, 2051 Written by: William Leonard

After everyone has made their film and viewed it, the Bikini Bottomites all gather in the square at the end of the day to vote on their favorite movie. The only thing is nobody likes any of their movies! All that work for nothing! But SpongeBob says, 'At least we had fun.' Everyone agrees and goes home. The sun goes down and Director Day ends.

875. The Flying Dutchman is Scared! December 19, 2051 Written by: Blue Falcon

The Flying Dutchman finds an old lady on the street and is scared of her! SpongeBob helps Dutchy conquer his fear.

876. Songtastic December 22, 2051 Written by: Blue Falcon

SpongeBob makes his own pop song, named "Have you Seen My Little Baby, Baby" that becomes a huge hit all over Bikini Bottom.

877. SpongeBob's 10th Annual Christmas Special (Featuring Patchy the Pirate) December 25, 2051 Written By: Blue Falcon

Santa once again visits Bikini Bottom, but Patrick gets mad when he doesn't get a present. Patrick goes on a rampage. He burglarizes homes, knocks down stoplights, and nearly drowns a citizen. He then realizes his present was under his tree. He got a brand new jellyfishing net! Patrick later apoligizes to the citizens and they forgive him.

Season 44
﻿878. SpongeBob vs. Plankton Pt.1 December 28, 2051 Written By: Blue Falcon

Plankton has yet another plan. He plans to destroy Mr. Krabs' buisness by adding an amusement park to the Chum Bucket. But SpongeBob is against the plan. SpongeBob goes undercover to find out what Plankton is up to. Plankton has anti-enimie cameras all over the park, so SpongeBob has to stay out of sight.

879. SpongeBob vs. Plankton Pt.2 December 29, 2051 Written By: Blue Falcon

Since Plankton's idea was a total success, he builds a water park. SpongeBob remains hidden, but he starts to have fun in the parks. SInce SpongeBob never returned yet, Mr. Krabs sent Squidward to go undercover. Squidward does a terrible job and gets caught. He is thrown into a tiny prison in the corner of the amusement park, under the Fun House. Meanwhile, SpongeBob finds out that Plankton is hypnotizing the customers by having them ride the rides.

880. SpongeBob vs. Plankton Pt.3 December 30, 2051 Written By: Blue Falcon

Squidward is still trapped under the Fun House when Mr. Krabs decides to go check it out himself. Mr. Krabs is also caught and thrown under the Fun House with Squidward. SpongeBob falls under the spell of the roller coaster and accidentally knocks all of the cameras over, breaking them. Can SpongeBob stay hidden and release Squidward and Mr. Krabs?

881. SpongeBob vs. Plankton Pt.4 December 31, 2051 Written By: Blue Falcon

SpongeBob finds the prison under the Fun House and releases Squidward and Mr. Krabs while Plankton tries to keep the park under control. SpongeBob finds a TRANSFORM button that transforms the parks back into the Chum Bucket. SpongeBob presses the button and escapes with Squidward and Mr. Krabs.

882. Krusty Training January 2, 2052 Written By: Blue Falcon

Mr. Krabs trains for his big high school reunion dodgeball match.

883. Liar, Liar, Patty on Fire January 6, 2052 Written By: Blue Falcon

Someone burned all of the Krabby Patties, but who was it?

884. Gary and Snella January 11, 2052 Written By: Blue Falcon

Gary meets Mrs. Puff's snail, Snella. Gary and Snella soon fall in love.

885. Snowmen January 18, 2052 Written By: Blue Falcon

SpongeBob and Patrick build snowmen, but Stanley comes and destroys them.

886. Spatula For Hire January 21, 2052 Written By: Blue Falcon

Mr. Krabs accidentally donates SpongeBob's spatula to a charity, causing SpongeBob to get mad. SpongeBob finds his spatula inside of a donation truck and barely escapes.

887. Trapped in New Kelp January 31, 2052 Written By: Blue Falcon

Squidward goes to a clarinet recital in New Kelp City where famous Squilly Squillson was performing. On the way back home, Squidward misses the bus and tries to walk home, but he gets lost and can't find his way back. Luckily, he remembered the pioneer moss stone trick and found his way back to Bikini Bottom.

888. The Jellyfishers February 5, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When Bikini Bottom becomes populated, people begins to build their homes in Jellyfish Fields and hunt jellyfishes to have them eaten as breakfast, lunch and dinner!

889. All Hail Boss Pants February 9, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs and SpongeBob swap their lives accidentally through Sandy's machine. Now, SpongeBob and Mr. Krabs tries to return everything to normal.

890. SpongeBob's 10th Annual Valentine's Day Eztravaganza (Featuring Patchy the Pirate) February 14, 2052 Written By: Blue Falcon

SpongeBob goes to Goofy Goober's for Valentine's Day, but Patrick eats too much ice cream and has to go home. SpongeBob tries to have fun by himself, but he can't. Later on, he finds out that Patrick was actually preparing SpongeBob's valentine. SpongeBob ends up happy again.

891. All Hail New King February 20, 2052 Written By: Blue Falcon

SpongeBob becomes king by saving Bikini Bottom from the Queen and King jellyfish.

892. SpongeBob, Junior Pirate February 24, 2052 Written By: Blue Falcon

SpongeBob becomes a pirate after accidentally falling into a pirate ship and has some problems.

893. Fired Fry Cook February 29, 2052 Written By: Blue Falcon

SpongeBob gets fired when a new fry cook named Blake comes and destroys SpongeBob's life. However, it turns out that Blake was a robot with Plankton inside of it. In the end, SpongeBob gets his job back.

894. Patrick and the Beast March 5, 2052 Written By: Blue Falcon

Patrick encounters a beast that destroys Shellston Bay and might destroy Bikini Bottom if Patrick can't stop it first.

895. Goofy Goober vs. Bunny Buns March 19, 2052 Written By: Blue Falcon

Goofy Goober and Bunny Buns compete in a customer brawl. SpongeBob and Patrick don't know which place to go to.

896. Lasertag!  March 26, 2052 Written By: Blue Falcon

SpongeBob, Patrick, Mr. Krabs, Squidward, Sandy, Plankton, and Mrs. Puff play lasertag at the Bikini Bottom Lasertag Center.

897. The Surfing Contest April 2, 2052 Written By: Blue Falcon

Bikini Bottom hosts an All-Pacific surfing contest that SpongeBob and Sandy compete and win in.

898. The New Theory April 7, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When Sandy discovers a new theory which opposes both Darwin's theory of evolution and Mendel's theory of genetics, along with the creationist theory, the scientists and clerics became so offended that they tried to steal the theory's document from Sandy, only to find that SpongeBob and Patrick borrows the document from Sandy and brings it to the Krusty Krab, where it is accidentally mixed with a Krabby Patty and an unassuming customer eats it, resulting in the document choking him so bad that he is rushed to hospital.

Season 45
899. Spongy-Pongy April 9, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob installs an obsolete Pong arcade game in the Krusty Krab. It turns out to be so popular that all customers play the game rather than buying Krabby Patties.

900. The 900th Episode April 15, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Flonty, the gang's Englishman trustee, tries to watch an English Premier League match, only to realize that all tickets for the spring and summer season are sold out. To appease Flonty, SpongeBob and Patrick creates a Bikini Bottom Premier League, which turns out to be a massive disaster.

901. Looming Above the Horizon May 5, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The Bikini Bottomites hear a strange sound from the above. It turns out that the Americans are going to test another hydrogen bomb. Mr. Krabs, remembering his horrible 12-year-old experience at seeing the Castle Bravo explosion, tries to stop the test.

902. All Hail Emperor Squidward (Part 1) May 9, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward is so stressed with Mr. Krabs that he becomes evil, to the extent that 1 evil Squidward is equal to 1000 evil Planktons. Squidward destroys all other nations in the world, forcibly dissolves the United Nations, throws SpongeBob and the gang to jail, along with Plankton and his family, and declares himself Emperor of the Earth.

903. All Hail Emperor Squidward (Part 2) May 15, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

News reveals the existence of life outside the Earth. Squidward prepares to invade all other planets, their satellites and the Sun. SpongeBob and friends, along with Plankton and family free themselves out of jail and begins a series of terror to Plankton's army. Soon, Bikini Bottom, Rock Bottom, Ukulele Bottom and Atlantis rallies behind SpongeBob and friends.

904. All Hail Emperor Squidward (Part 3) May 22, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Situation at the Earth worsens as some fishes turn against SpongeBob and the gang and accuses them as "intercontinental terrorists". SpongeBob gets angry and imprisons them, only to free them when he realizes that he is doing something evil, and concludes that they are acting similar to terrorists. They tries a nicer way in overthrowing Squidward, and decides to go to Washington D.C., capital of the Earth.

905. All Hail Emperor Squidward (Part 4) May 27, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

In Washington D.C., SpongeBob and his followers infiltrate the Capitol and destroys it, before heading to the White House. They are captured by pro-Squidward forces and knocked unconscious. As they regains consciousness a few hours later, they find themselves back in the Krusty Krab, and everything is normal. Squidward reveals that they are in a universe of illusion for almost 3 weeks. They faces illusion due to Plankton's vaccine of illusion, with SpongeBob and friends sedated while they are asleep. The vaccine is intended to distract them as he steals the Krabby Patty.

906. All Hail Emperor Squidward (Part 5) May 29, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward tells the gang about how he manages to avoid the vaccine. He is barely able to sleep the night Plankton sedates SpongeBob and friends due to overworking stress. He captures Plankton, but he is able to escape without sedating Squidward. SpongeBob and friends attack the Chum Bucket to retake the stolen Krabby Patty formula. Plankton is captured and thrown to prison, before being bailed out of jail by Karen 12 hours later.

907. This Isn't What It Looks Like June 11, 2052 Written by: Ponyo Fan

SpongeBob accidentally gets a little too close to Squidward's new girlfriend, causing controversy for the entire gang.

908. The Country of a Restaurant June 19, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward, frustrated and stressed by his greedy boss, decides that Mr. Krabs needs some religious enlightenment. He brings Mr. Krabs all around the world's lands and seas with SpongeBob. However, Squidward's effort ends up in Mr. Krabs declaring the Krusty Krab and his house a totalitarian country.

909. One World Beyond Waves (Part 1) June 25, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The gang is told by an Atlantean magician that a world lies behind the treasonous 250-meter waves of the Sea of Neptune. SpongeBob and the gang tries to reach the world, only to get lost in a massive waterspout while fighting three 250-meter waves.

910. One World Beyond Waves (Part 2) June 26, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends find themselves in a mysterious city of monsters. They are brought to the monsters' king, King Monster XXVIII of Monoiaio City, who imprisons the gang in a dark dungeon, only to be released when Mr. Krabs offers him a delicious Krabby Patty. They are assigned to build a bridge between the two great rivers New Tiber and New Amazon.

911. One World Beyond Waves (Part 3) June 27, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

King Monster uses the bridge to enter the territory of Monoiaio's enemy nation, Melcoeano in their capital city, Melcoeano City. The gang makes a great reputation in a massive battle and becomes the king's aides.

912. One World Beyond Waves (Part 4) June 28, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Exhausted with life in a different world, the gang attempts to leave. They goes to the most treasonous sea known by the world's inhabitants, the Sea of Treason. They finds a massive waterspout in the middle of a 250-meter wave and deliberately gets lost in it.

913. One World Beyond Waves (Part 5) June 29, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The gang awakes inside a cave and tries to find a way home. They ends up inside a narrow passage which dissipates in a ventilation system. Then, they goes through a mechanical shaft, a chamber of abandoned and rotten supercomputers, a gallery of pictures of Bikini Bottom's leaders and finally another ventilation system before finally ending up in SpongeBob's library.

914. The Metropolis Misunderstanding July 6, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A misunderstanding spreads from the Krusty Krab to other corners throughout Bikini Bottom, and Mr. Krabs is made President of Bikini Bottom. Now, he must deal with an overpopulated metropolis of 25 million people.

915. Krabby Genius July 15, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

King Neptune comes to Bikini Bottom and challenges Mr. Krabs and Plankton to make the most Krabby Patties in 60 minutes. Now, the two enemies employ SpongeBob, Karen and Squidward to defeat Neptune in this game.

916. Conspiracy Behind Rocket July 20, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The gang steals a new rocket from NASA and goes to the Moon to confirm the Apollo landings and disprove conspiracy theories related to it.

917. Krusty Buyout July 26, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton, frustrated by his failure in defeating Mr. Krabs, tricks the stupid Patrick into buying the Krusty Krab and stupidly giving it to him. However, Plankton is shocked to find that Patrick has opened 2 Krusty Krab restaurants in Bikini Bottom and 1 in Rock Bottom. Meanwhile, Mr. Krabs reemerges to retake the Krusty Krab.

Note: This episode marks the opening of more Krusty Krab restaurants, bringing an end to the "one restaurant, one business" policy of the Krusty Krab. At the end of this episode, Mr. Krabs renames all other Krusty Krab restaurants, the "Lower Krusty Krab" restaurants, while the original remains as "Krusty Krab".

918. Superhighway of the Day July 30, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs designs a giant superhighway, the Eugene H. Krabs Superhighway, to connect Bikini Bottom, Rock Bottom, Ukulele Bottom and Atlantis. When Plankton hears that the superhighway is going to go over the Chum Bucket, he protests. However, the superhighway is completed successfully, and Plankton must accept the reality that the superhighway now runs over the Chum Bucket.

Season 46
919. Twenty-Three Times August 4, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When Squidward complains that the Krusty Krab's mechanism is causing pollution, Mr. Krabs brings SpongeBob and Squidward to the craters made by all twenty-three American nuclear tests in Bikini Atoll, and all twenty-three tests witnessed by an amazed Krabs, to learn about environmental damage, and tells them that the Krusty Krab pollution is different.

920. Demonic Pants August 15, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After eating a rotten, poisonous and deadly Krabby Patty, SpongeBob turns into a demon. Now, the gang must find a way to bring SpongeBob back to normal.

921. Time and Void August 25, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob, Patrick and Sandy tries an adventure back and forward in time, and ends up bringing Squidward, Mr. Krabs, Pearl, SpongeBuck, Pecos Patrick, Plankton, Plankton's computer subjects Karen and Blondi, King Krabs, Princess Pearl, President Franklin Roosevelt and President Harry Truman into a world of void.

922. The SquarePants Factory September 2, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Harold and Claire, SpongeBob's parents, open a shoe factory in Bikini Bottom. Fearing that SpongeBob is going to work for his parents, Mr. Krabs begins selling a variety of shoes. However, they turn out to be rotten and uncomfortable, and Mr. Krabs is thrown to jail.

923. Master Star September 5, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick, a good driver, goes to New Kelp City to help a relative learn about driving. However, Patrick does not have a driving license, and Patrick and his relative, a cousin named Jack, are chased around the city by the police.

924. Prehistoric Patty September 9, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The Bikini Bottomites create a Prehistoric Day, and Mr. Krabs tells SpongeBob to make a Krabby Patty using tools from the Stone Age.

925. The Mighty Future September 12, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton closes down the Chum Bucket and disguises as a man named Jack Bork, a great fry cook of New Kelp City, to get an employment in the Krusty Krab and find a Krabby Patty. However, trouble ensues when SpongeBob fears that "Bork" is taking his job away, and when the real Jack Bork, once a fry cook but now retired and works as a food inspector, comes to the Krusty Krab.

926. Missing Krabs September 15, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs goes missing somewhere in the Eugene H. Krabs Superhighway, and SpongeBob starts a crusade to find him, along with Pearl, Patrick, Sandy and Squidward.

927. Going to Texas (Part 1) September 18, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Sandy invites her friends for a visit to Houston, Texas. However, when they are in Houston, Mr. Krabs hears a wrong news that President of the United States for Life Barack Obama is going to test another nuclear device in Bikini Atoll. Krabs, thinking that this news is true, brings SpongeBob and Squidward with him straight to Washington D.C., where SpongeBob and Squidward are shocked to find that Krabs tricks them into abruptly ending a Senate meeting with firearms.

928. Going to Texas (Part 2) September 20, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Washington is thrown to chaos and Mr. Krabs and a curious SpongeBob and Squidward kidnaps President for Life Obama and brings him all the way back to Sandy's Houston ranch, where Mr. Krabs realizes from information given by Obama that the news about the nuclear device is wrong. He releases Obama and let him return to Washington, just as news spreads that a blueprint of a nuclear device has been found in the ransacked Blue Room of the White House.

929. Going to Texas (Part 3) September 22, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs and his employees kidnaps Obama for the second time and demands the cancellation of the plan to detonate the nuclear device. Krabs is angered when he finds the nuclear device is directed at the Krusty Krab, and all documents relating to it are signed by one Squidward Tentacles. Squidward explains that Mr. Krabs needs to be destroyed to prevent cheapness from dominating Bikini Bottom.

930. Going to Texas (Part 4) September 24, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After much explanation by Squidward, Mr. Krabs decides that Obama must return to Washington and cancel the plan. Obama agrees, and he cancels the plan upon returning to Washington, much to the shock of government officials. SpongeBob and friends return to Bikini Bottom.

931. Internet Chum Bucket September 30, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After years of attempt, Plankton is successful at using the already-known Krabby Patty ingredients to create a delicious version of the Krabby Patty, the Chum Burger Patty. Taking advantage of technology by creating a website, chumbucket.com, Plankton makes much money by selling the delicious burger. Now, Mr. Krabs create krustykrab.com to rival and eventually defeat Plankton.

932. Son Distress October 4, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A recession happens, and Mordecai's movie theater is affected. SpongeBob tells Mordecai and his employees, including SpongeBob's son James, to use money effectively and turn to the ways of promotion.

933. Captain Krabs October 11, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs turns the Krusty Krab into a pirate ship and forcibly employs so many people in Bikini Bottom for his crew, along with SpongeBob and Squidward, that the ship collapses due to overweight.

934. No Payday October 15, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs announces a "no payday" policy. When Mr. Krabs threatens to donate Squidward's house to the Bikini Bottom Freedom Charity in the name of Mr. Krabs as a result of Squidward's protest, the plan goes on well, only to backfire in a day when the charity, thinking that Mr. Krabs plays a trick on them by trying to donate a property to them, protests.

935. Another Member of the Gang October 21, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Pearl and his husband, Octavius Rex, announces that Pearl is pregnant. The gang celebrates, and Mr. Krabs holds a dinner gala. However, the Bikini Bottomites are disappointed at the gala's cheap and broken facilities, and refuse to give their money to enter the gala.

'''936. Faster! Faster! Faster! October 28, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert'''

Pearl, in desperate need for a child, tries to find a quick way in giving birth. Finally, in Atlantis, King Neptune performs a surgery with his magical power, and Pearl gives birth to a daughter named Violet Krabs.

'''937. Wants to Take Care? October 30, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert'''

Due to a busy schedule, Pearl and Octavius Rex (Pearl's girlfriend, shown in the non-fanon season 1 episode The Chaperone. He marries Pearl a few years later.) is not able to raise Violet for 3 days. They gives Violet to James SquarePants, who takes care of her.

938. Mirror of Darkness November 3, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After giving Violet back to Pearl and Octavius Rex, James finds a mirror. SpongeBob and Sandy, James's parents, identify the mirror as a portal to a world of darkness. They goes to the world of darkness, and sees Plankton dominating the whole Milky Way galaxy.

Season 47
939. The Broken Timeline November 8, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs begins complaining of aging. SpongeBob feels that there is something wrong with the show's floating timeline, which does not allow its characters to get too old, and complains to Nickelodeon.

940. Tired of Show November 11, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The show's main characters are bored of the show and Nickelodeon, and decides to quit, putting the show in jeopardy, but not canceled. After a massive effort, the Nickelodeon senior executives and the show's fans manage to get the main characters back in the show.

941. Give Me Money or Give Me Death November 15, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward is angered at his boss' greedy and abusive policies that he said, "Give me money or give me death!" as he quits his job and successfully leads the Bikini Bottomites as they lays siege to the Krusty Krab for 30 days, with SpongeBob and Mr. Krabs trapped, until Mr. Krabs agrees to give his employees some money.

Note: Squidward's "Give me money or give me death!" quotation is a parody to the famous last sentence of Patrick Henry's March 23, 1775 speech, "Give me liberty, or give me death!"

942. A Cheapskate All Along Part 1 November 22, 2052 Written by:Faves3000

After a month of being PAID acually,when Squidward decides to buy a new clarinet,he discovers the moneys a FAKE!Squidward tattles on the cops sending Krabs to jail.Then the cops tell Mr. Krabs he has to pay REAL money,the ENITIRE amount they paid them with fake money,and he agreed.So then they let him out and payed SpongeBob and Squidward.

943. A Cheapskate All Along Part 2 November 24,2052 Written by:Faves3000

When Mr. Krabs pays SpongeBob and Squidward,Squidward asks the cops if its real money,he says yes.But when Squidwards on his way to the store to get a new clarinet,the watercolor fades off.Then when he pays,the cashier says its fake money,and Mr. Krabs is accused again.So after a long trail with the cops,SpongeBob,and Squidward,hes ok again.

944. Grand Locker November 30, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

An incident causes Davy Jones' locker to fall from Hell to the mortal world, specifically in Squilliam's house. As a staunch environmentalist, Squilliam recycled the locker, resulting in a larger and lavish locker. Meanwhile, after being told by the Flying Dutchman ghost that the locker is missing, the gang searches for the locker.

945. SpongeBob's Theater December 5, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Patrick makes a 200-minute (3 hours and 20 minutes) movie about Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy's lives. It becomes so popular that land, air and water creatures come to watch the movie, especially in Bikini Bottom, where the Bikini Bottomites watch the movie rather than buying Krabby Patties.

946. The Ultimate Formula December 13, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs sends SpongeBob, Squidward and Patrick to find the secret formula paper of the Krabby Patty's "ancestor", the Plabs Burger, deep within a huge United Nations underground archive below a middle-class Siberian community in Bikini Bottom.

947. One Day With Hades December 15, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs shows SpongeBob, Squidward, Pearl, Pearl's husband Octavius Rex and the daughter of Pearl and Octavius Rex, Violet, a luxurious underground bunker. However, a failure in the bunker's mechanism results in them being thrown deep into the hellish realm of Hades, where they causes chaos and angers Hades.

948. Flag Over the House December 21, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward, angered at another foolish visit by SpongeBob and Patrick, declares that his house is independent from a visit by SpongeBob and Patrick, and shows his "President Squidward" flag. However, the police thinks that Squidward is starting a rebellion against the Bikini Bottom government, and attacks his house. SpongeBob and Patrick tries to rescue Squidward.

949. Christmas Destruction December 25, 2052 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

While the Bikini Bottomites celebrate Christmas, Plankton terrifies them by kidnapping them using a massive robot. Now, it is up to SpongeBob and friends to stop Plankton.

950. Fifty Steps to Thousand January 1, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Pearl and Octavius Rex buys baby powder for their daughter Violet. Mr. Krabs brings his employees, along with Sandy and Patrick to a memorial dedicated to the founder of medieval Bikini Bottomshire, the human-fish hybrid Justinian Palaiologos of Trebizond, who makes half of his body fishy, goes underwater, marries a local princess and creates Bikini Bottomshire. Meanwhile, Plankton creates the evil Plan AA, to follow Plan Z of The SpongeBob SquarePants Movie.

951. Realization of Plan January 4, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

To bring Plan AA into realization, Plankton arranges for a funeral pyre, intended for the respected SpongeBob when he dies, to be set on fire. Then, he arranges for Mr. Krabs to be thrown without anyone to blame into the pyre. However, this plan fails when baby Violet annihilates the fire while playing with firefighter tools in a firefighter office next to the pyre.

952. Countdown to Duel January 5, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Neptune becomes angry at Patrick and challenges him to a duel. Patrick accepts the challenge, against the advice of his and Mindy's son, Prince Colin. Much to the shock of the Atlanteans, Patrick wins the duel.

953. The New School (Part 1) January 8, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

To fill the Atlantean royal treasury with money, King Neptune opens the Early Education Institution in Atlantis. Pearl and Octavius Rex brings their daughter, Violet, to the institution, where, much to Neptune's shock, the girl understands all basic lessons in less than a day.

954. The New School (Part 2) January 22, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Neptune sends a invitation to Pearl and Octavius Rex, to discuss Violet's high intelligence in Neptune's palace. However, the invitation letter goes, due to a misinformation mistake, to the Krusty Krab, where it gets stuck to a Krabby Patty's bun. SpongeBob, fearing that a customer will not eat a non-food ingredient, tries to save the Krabby Patty from the letter.

955. The New School (Part 3) January 25, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Neptune is forced to focus on his job as a teacher in the Early Education Institution, and makes Colin, the son of Patrick and Mindy, the leader of Atlantis, ruling in the name of the absent Neptune. Meanwhile, Neptune takes the Early Education Institution students, including Violet, to the Botanical Garden of Atlantis.

956. Your First Alphabet January 29, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob stumbles upon his long-lost cousin, Jake, now a smart but unemployed teacher. Pearl, Octavius Rex and their daughter Violet comes to SpongeBob's house. SpongeBob arranges for Jake to teach Violet about alphabet. All other people agrees. James, SpongeBob and Sandy's son, comes to help Jake adapt to life in Bikini Bottom.

957. To Krabs or Not to Krabs January 30, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs sends SpongeBob and Squidward on a mission to find investors to help the struggling Krusty Krab. However, SpongeBob and Squidward foolishly leads the investors into helping the Chum Bucket prosper.

958. The Time for The Hunters February 10, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

An incident leads an unaware Patrick into alerting a group of treasure hunters from Canada, the United States and Mexico of Atlantis' whereabouts.

Season 48
959. All Hail Sandy Cheeks February 12, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Sandy creates a new kind of potato. Unfortunately, it turns her into an evil squirrel, and she takes over Bikini Bottom by force and throws the gang, along with Plankton, and his computer subjects, Karen and Blondi, to jail. The gang tries to bring Sandy back to normal.

960. Judgment of Rivalry February 20, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Plankton's computer subjects, Karen and Blondi, resume their long-delayed rivalry. Finally, the rivalry escalates into a critical situation that Karen and Blondi are arrested, brought to the Early Education Institution and Atlantis, and used as an example of a rivalry that creates a seed of evil by the baby students, including Pearl's daughter Violet.

961. The Evil Revolution February 25, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The government of Bikini issues a set of policies which ultimately result in an anti-government revolution. The Bikini Bottomites make SpongeBob the King of Bikini Bottom. Plankton uses this chance to gain access to the government, and to get the Krabby Patty secret formula. However, SpongeBob thwarts Plankton's plan, resigns as king and reinstates the original government.

962. Solemn Meditation March 5, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs loses all his money only because a customer complains of a bad-looking Krabby Patty, and meditates to find a way to regain his money in the Coconut Cave near New Atlantis.

963. No Paper No Money March 15, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Hearing that illegal deforestation is getting wilder in Bikini Bottom, Mr. Krabs and his employees join the Bikini Bottom Environmentalist Group. However, Mr. Krabs is arrested and thrown to jail when he joins the group only because he fears that without even a single tree, he can never get more and more high-quality paper money.

964. The Restaurant Goes Public March 28, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Bikini Bottom's population increases and increases that 15 nomads who migrated from the overcrowded Atlantis chooses the Krusty Krab over a luxurious but overcrowded neighborhood as their living place. Mr. Krabs asks SpongeBob to make a house for the nomads, who is amazed at the luxurious features of the house, located next to the Chum Bucket, that they moves there swiftly.

965. The Land Beyond April 5, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

James SquarePants organizes an expedition to go through the treacherous Holdog Mountains. When the expedition reaches the other side (the side not facing Bikini Bottom), they sees a large and prosperous city-state, called Hotog, with an army of 1 million troops, 500.000 sea tanks and 500 full-fledged intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) fleets.

966. Lobster Takeover April 12, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The people of Bikini Bottom protests Mr. Krabs' "no refund" policy. They attacks the restaurant, arrests Mr. Krabs and makes Larry the Lobster as the restaurant's boss. Larry manages the restaurant so badly that the Bikini Bottomites ask Krabs to return.

967. Great Job, Squidward April 20, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward does a great job in the Krusty Krab that he becomes vice manager of the restaurant. SpongeBob becomes jealous.

968. One Digital Shape April 27, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs uses Sandy's new invention to create a generous digital version of himself, to deal with Pearl. However, Digital Mr. Krabs becomes too generous that he sells many things in Mr. Krabs' house to help poor people, allows poor people to live in Mr. Krabs' house, giving refunds in the Krusty Krab, and even handing over the cash register to a charity, and replaces it with an automatic and technologically-advanced cash register, which requires 1 million dollars to obtain, much to Krabs' dismay.

969. Ball of the Krusty Krab April 30, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When Sir Alex Ferguson comes to Bikini Bottom with the entire Manchester United staff and players, Mr. Krabs receives an order for 1000 balls. He institutes a 24-hour work policy to finish the order faster. The gang's English friend, Flonty, a fan of Manchester United, tries to approach the team in their hotel, resulting in a clash with 2 tough security guards.

970. Hero's Heroic Reunion May 5, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy comes to a reunion of the superhero participants of the legendary Superhero Wars of 1963, 1975, 1981, 1991 and 2003. SpongeBob and Patrick sneaks to the reunion, where they are mistaken for the similar-looking event organizers, and ultimately must do the organizers' job.

971. Out in the Space May 10, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Sandy's new invention throws the Earth out of the Solar System into an empty place in the outer place. The gang, led by SpongeBob, must bring the Earth back to normal before the remaining parts of the atmosphere dissipate, and before the Earth is destroyed as it approaches the star Betelgeuse.

972. Alter Your History May 15, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Sandy creates a machine to alter history. However, when the machine causes a Mongol horde to attack Bikini Bottom, now in a medieval state due to the machine, a broken Xbox 360 causes amazement.

973. What is What May 20, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

In one of the most famous SpongeBob spin-off episode ever made, the gang goes to find the meaning of "meaning" itself. This adventures takes the gang to the mysteries of science and religion, and the site of a magnificent Inca temple buried deep in the Earth's crust below Lake Titicaca.

974. Escaping Karma May 25, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward warns Mr. Krabs about karma, and tells Mr. Krabs to be generous so that he will not suffer from rebirth. Mr. Krabs thinks that Squidward is joking, and begins spreading this "karma joke".

975. Parliament of Restaurants May 29, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The Bikini Bottom government begins a "healthy food" program. Fearing that the quality of his food will drop, Mr. Krabs assigns SpongeBob to form an alliance with Fancy! and Diner, the Krusty Krab's competitors, to fight the program.

976. The Servant of Time May 30, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob, Sandy and Patrick accidentally gains access to the sacred Temple of Time in Atlantis, and encounters the immortal Time Warriors. Trouble unfolds between them as Patrick foolishly leads to the warriors into believing that SpongeBob, Sandy and Patrick are evil spies.

977. Pay the Risk June 2, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

While on a driving test, SpongeBob goes too fast that the boat runs uncontrolled toward downtown Bikini Bottom and hits the Mayor. Mrs. Puff is sued for allegedly not trying to stop SpongeBob. SpongeBob appears in the hearing as "SpongeBob LawyerPants" (previously seen in non-fanon Season 4 episode Krabs vs. Plankton) and acts as Puff's lawyer, only to end up sentencing Puff into 365 days of community service.

978. One Boss, One Target June 5, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward pays a man from Ukulele Bottom named Frederick Hook to take the Krusty Krab away from Mr. Krabs, which is done successfully. However, Squidward and SpongeBob becomes curious with Hook when he unnecessarily follows Krabs all the way to the prison (where he is going to imprisoned on grounds of cheapness) and tries to destroy the Chum Bucket. Hook is eventually revealed as a disguise of the Loch Ness Monster, ready to kill Krabs and Plankton as a revenge of a feud long time ago.

Season 49
979. SpongeBob's Betamax June 10, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob buys an old Sony 1988 Enhanced Definition Betamax VCR. Mr. Krabs uses a Betamax cassette to record a movie about the Krabby Patty, to be shown through a special projector. However, Plankton, hoping to know the Krabby Patty secret formula from the movie, tries to steal the cassette.

980. Every Inch of a Story June 14, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs employs SpongeBob's son James to clean the dirty parts of the Krusty Krab and make it look extravagant for a low price. However, James makes the Krusty Krab too extravagant that people are thinking that Mr. Krabs is going to build a royal palace and make a new nation.

981. The Colosseum of SquarePants June 20, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The Bikini Bottomites create "SpongeBob SquarePants Day" in honor of SpongeBob. Patrick comes up with an idea to celebrate it: make a replica of the Colosseum in Rome. The replica is made, and many people comes to watch a brave warrior from the Bikini Bottom Army fight a sea lion. However, the plan backfires when Patrick receives a wrong information regarding the fight and sends a giant King Kong-styled robot into the Colosseum of SpongeBob.

982. He Who Took the Suffering July 4, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When the Krusty Krab is revealed to be the main source of pollution in Bikini Bottom, thousands of people protested around the Krusty Krab, trapping SpongeBob, Squidward, Mr. Krabs and Plankton (who is trying to steal the Krabby Patty secret formula) inside the restaurant.

983. Backing Off (Part 1) July 10, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After being forced to leave Cephalopod Lodge long time ago in the non-fanon Season 6 episode, Cephalopod Lodge, Squidward regains membership of the lodge and begins making a plan with the new, young members of the lodge. SpongeBob and Patrick tries to know the meaning of the plan (which is written on a stinky blueprint with secret codes of Cephalopod Lodge).

984. Backing Off (Part 2) July 11, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward makes a speech in the lodge: "We must clean Bikini Bottom from the cheapness of Eugene Krabs and throw him to the depths of Hades". SpongeBob and Patrick unsuccessfully tries to go inside the lodge and hear the speech. Members of the lodge march to the Krusty Krab to kill Krabs, only to be distracted by Plankton, who is trying to steal the secret formula.

985. Backing Off (Part 3) July 12, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The lodge members accidentally alerted Mr. Krabs to Plankton's plot. Plankton is thrown out of the Krusty Krab. The lodge members return to the lodge, except for Squidward, who is prepared to do his job as a cashier but totally unprepared for a 5-kilometer line of 1 million fishes.

986. The Rules of Bikini Bottom July 15, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

President Jared and Vice President Josephus of Bikini Bottom constitutes a strict set of domestic policies, much to the anger of Mayor Samuel Hitler, who rallies the Bikini Bottomites against the policies and use the famous SpongeBob as the Bikini Bottomites' orator.

987. Riding to Atlantis July 20, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob rides to Atlantis on his trustworthy seahorse, Mystery. But they are stranded in an unknown forest and must find a way out with the help of magic.

988. Thompson vs. SpongeBob July 25, 2053 Written by: TheDataMonster

SpongeBob gets sued by Jack Thompson for going to Atlantis, so James (who followed Jack) starts creating a battle; Jack Thompson vs. SpongeBob - Just only one winner can emerge?

989. Nobody Likes Atlantis August 1, 2053 Written by: TheDataMonster

SpongeBob ends up in Atlantis and finds Mindy. Sandy finds that SpongeBob has disappeared and starts trying to track him down.

990. When the Vandals Come August 5, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Patrick stumbles upon the SpongeBob Fanon Wiki and starts vandalizing it. Sandy hears about this, and spreads the news about a vandal. However, the people thinks that Sandy is telling them about a Vandal (a man from the infamous East Germanic tribe). This, along with reports of the rise of a new movement called Vandal in France and Germany, and their physical and cyber attack on Italy caused people to have a deja vu of the Western Roman Empire decline.

991. The Mutual Fugitive August 10, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When Mr. Krabs is arrested for being too cheap, SpongeBob, who thinks that he causes Mr. Krabs to be arrested, leaves Bikini Bottom. SpongeBob's friends try to persuade SpongeBob to come back.

992. Long Time Ago (Part 1) August 19, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Pearl and Octavius Rex tells their daughter Violet, along with SpongeBob and Patrick, about how they first met in school (also during the time when Krabs is less cheap).

993. Long Time Ago (Part 2) August 20, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and Patrick tells their friends about how they met for the first time as babies in Bikini Bottom.

994. Long Time Ago (Part 3) August 21, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs tells SpongeBob, Sandy, Patrick, Squidward, Pearl, James, Colin, Octavius Rex, Violet and Squilliam about his adventures in the land of Nippon (Japan) in the court of Emperor Hirohito from 1961 to 1974.

995. Long Time Ago (Part 4) August 22, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob's parents, Harold and Claire, told the gang about the very first patriarch of the SquarePants family, Basil SquarePantis, who fled Constantinople from the Ottoman Turks in 1453 after being turned into a human-fish hybrid by a magician, went across Europe to the Far East, dived to the Pacific Ocean and inherited a kingdom from the descendants of King Krabs of non-fanon Season 4 episode "Dunces and Dragons".

996. Concert for Greed August 29, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

To get more money, Mr. Krabs creates the Concert for Generosity, with SpongeBob as the singer. However, the plan is destroyed when Squidward works together with Plankton and turns the banner holding the title "For Generosity" to "For Greed and Unlimited Suffering".

997. The Team of Chaos August 30, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob asks the Bikini Bottom government to create a soccer team and submit it to FIFA for participation in the World Cup. Trouble happens when the players are hypnotized by Plankton to steal the Krabby Patty, and when Sandy's new robot malfunctions and causes chaos in the city stadium, and the city itself.

998. Brothers and Sisters of Celebration September 4, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs, SpongeBob and SpongeBob's son James prepares the Krusty Krab (under orders from Nickelodeon) to celebrate the arrival of the 1000th episode. Sandy designs a massive King Kong-styled robot for the celebrations. In Atlantis, Patrick and Mindy's son Prince Colin starts a project to raise Atlantis.

Season 50
999. The Countdown September 5, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The Bikini Bottomites and Atlanteans start a countdown to the release of the 1000th episode. Meanwhile, Nickelodeon realizes that the 1000th episode is not even partially completed, and asks the SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures crew to hurry up. The crew come up with an idea for the 1000th episode.

Note: First apperance of Daria Since Lucky Sponge!

1000. The 1000th Episode September 6, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The Bikini Bottomites, Rock Bottomites, Ukulele Bottomites, Atlanteans, Nickelodeon, the crew, fans and others celebrate the 1000th episode of SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures. In Bikini Bottom, a monument of SpongeBob is made near the Krusty Krab. SpongeBob cooks Krabby Patties to people forming a 100-kilometer line in the Krusty Krab, and goes to see Squidward's clarinet recital with Patrick. However, disaster happens when Plankton destroys the Krusty Krab while trying to steal the Krabby Patty formula. Sandy's King Kong-styled robot malfunctions and causes havoc in Bikini Bottom, accidentally launching a nuclear arsenal to Washington D.C. in the process. The American government, thinking that the nuclear arsenal is launched from Russia, declares a state of DEFCON 3.

1001. 2012 Again September 7, 2053 Written by: TheDataMonster

After the 'accident' in Episode 1000, Mr. Krabs, Squidward and 5 other citizens end up in hospital - and an agent (Agent Phelps) was 'destroyed' by the Krusty Krab's destruction. It turns out that Phelps knew BlackJack. With Plankton on the run, SpongeBob tracks him down and find Phelps' liaison officer, who is... Pearl Krabs.

1002. The Railway September 8, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Using information from Pearl, SpongeBob tracks Plankton to a train station in Rock Bottom. In the train, SpongeBob and Plankton are involved in a chase. However, SpongeBob manages to get the secret formula, tricks Plankton into boarding another train upon reaching the Bikini Bottom Train Station, and brings it back to the Krusty Krab, only to find it empty. Meanwhile, Mr. Krabs and Squidward urges the US and Russia not to battle near Bikini Bottom and make peace.

1003. The Spongy Comrade September 9, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

For his success in mediating a peace meeting between the US and Russia in Bikini Bottom, Mr. Krabs, along with SpongeBob and Squidward are sent to oversee human rights development in a country named Litra, which is recently devastated by an uprising to topple its tyrannical leader. However, problem happens when Plankton sneaks to the convoy to steal the secret formula of Krabby Patty, and when Patrick accidentally stumbles upon the convoy.

Note: Litra, a country devastated by an uprising, the episode's epicenter, is a parody of the African nation of Libya. In the real-life, when this episode is written, Libya is crippled by an uprising to topple its leader, Muammar Gaddafi. No offense is intended.

1004. Jazz-a-Hack September 10, 2053 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When Sandy, Pearl and Princess Mindy accidentally hacks the website of a popular Atlantean jazz singer, they are introduced and becomes obsessed to the musical style of jazz. SpongeBob and Patrick are away with Mr. Krabs and Squidward, taking care of a problem with Krabs' assets in Canada, so it's up to SpongeBob and Sandy's son James and Patrick and Mindy's son Colin to solve the jazz obsession problem.

Note: After this episode, the entire series suddenly comes to a hiatus, which will not stop until February 2054.

1005. SpongeBob SquarePants and Neptune's Funeral February 25, 2054 Written by: Donut4

When Neptune dies, SpongeBob, Patrick and Mindy go together to find the Neptune Family Ring to save the entire ocean from dissapearing. Will they make it before 3 days or will they be forced to live on the outside world (Human)

1006. When Neptune Appears February 28, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob begins to feel that there's something wrong with the immortal Neptune, who cannot die. He stops the ocean from disappearing and starts to search for Neptune, ultimately stumbling upon Jupiter's temple, hidden in the clouds above Rome.

1008. The Squirrel Teacher March 1, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A bored Sandy tells Mrs. Puff that she can teach the students all about driving in 1 day, and Sandy becomes a teacher in Mrs. Puff's boating school.

1009. Spying Mr. Krabs March 4, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs catches a Nickelodeon cameraman who spies on him. He swiftly sues Nickelodeon, and SpongeBob and Squidward are forced to be Krabs' lawyers.

1010. People's Dumb Day March 6, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

To create some fun in Bikini Bottom, SpongeBob and Patrick decides to create "Dumb Day", in which all Bikini Bottomites are to act as dumb people. However, when the "dumb" people destroys the Krusty Krab, Chum Bucket and gives Pearl away to a human treasure hunter from Russia, SpongeBob and Patrick are thrown to jail.

1011. To Seize a Restaurant March 10, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A group of low-ranking government officials seize the Krusty Krab, since Mr. Krabs doesn't want to pay taxes for too long. Krabs turn to the movie theater owner Mordecai, the boss of SpongeBob's son James, to take back the restaurant.

1012. Operation Disturbed March 12, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The Bikini Bottomites, including Plankton and Squidward, launch "Operation No Krabs" to terminate the greedy Mr. Krabs. SpongeBob and Patrick thinks that they are going to terminate a bug in Sandy's new tablet PC, and tries to help Sandy get rid of the bug by begging for the Bikini Bottomites to look after the tablet PC, throwing "Operation No Krabs" into chaos.

1013. Abyss of Darkness March 16, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob and friends are thrown into a deep and monstrous abyss, where they are found by a mentally-unstable reporter who explores the abyss for a newsworthy information. When Mr. Krabs gets accused by the reporter of being involved in a tax fraud case, he becomes obsessed in leaving the abyss.

1014. New Girl in School March 19, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Pearl and Octavius Rex brings their daughter, Violet, to the School for Wonder Kids in Bikini Bottom, where she learns about being a superhero. Meanwhile, SpongeBob, Squidward and Patrick follows Mr. Krabs to Canada, where they becomes involved in a problem with Krabs' assets there.

1015. King of the Witches March 23, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob's personal advisor, the witch Monkoni is made King of the Witches. When Monkoni abuses his supreme powers, and when other witches become jealous, SpongeBob and friends face another problem. Meanwhile, Monkoni's parents, Vickers and Mary, goes on a shopping spree.

1016. Crystal in Boogdale March 26, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

SpongeBob, Squidward and Mr. Krabs goes to Boogdale, an impoverished nation near Bikini Bottom. When they finds a crystal, the Boogdalians chase them. Krabs' decision to accuse Boogdale's enemy, the rich Daleboog, causes a disaster in international diplomacy, and both nations are condemned by the United Nations.

1017. Teacher and Student March 29, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When Mrs. Puff drives her boat too fast in a busy 40-mile zone, the police forces her to be a student in her own boating school. SpongeBob and Patrick begs for Squidward to teach Mrs. Puff, and he reluctantly agrees. Meanwhile, Sandy introduces Pearl to her ranch in Houston, Texas.

1018. The Train Job March 31, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs builds a railroad network connecting the Krusty Krab with the Presidential Palace in Bikini Bottom, to get more customers. When Squidward is assigned to drive the train, it explodes and Krabs designs a technologically-advanced train.

Season 51
1019. Will of the Comrade April 2, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs tells SpongeBob, Squidward, Patrick, Sandy, Pearl, Princess Mindy, James (SpongeBob and Sandy's son), Colin (Patrick and Mindy's son), Octavius Rex, Violet (Pearl and Octavius Rex's daughter) and Flonty, the gang's English friend, about his experience as a volunteer for the United States Navy in the late 1950s to early 1960s.

1020. Ghostly Race April 5, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When Squidward is arrested for driving his boat with a speed of 55 miles in a busy 30-mile zone, an impressed Michael Schumacher comes to Bikini Bottom and offers Squidward a chance to get to Formula 1. Schumacher helps Squidward to get to the Formula Bikini Bottom competition, but Squidward and the other rookie racers must race through cemeteries, derelict and ghostly mansions, and through a recently-discovered underground nerve agent compound below the Chum Bucket.

1021. The City Inquisition April 11, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The Krusty Krab is filled with nasty Krabby Patties due to Mr. Krabs' order to serve the nasty patties to get more money. When a customer is poisoned after eating a Krabby Patty, the Bikini Bottom government declares Mr. Krabs a heretic and enemy of the people. Krabs is brought to the Bikini Bottom Inquisition Institution, and SpongeBob rushes to defend him. Krabs is only declared "clean of heretical offense" because the inquisition doesn't have jurisdiction over fast-food business.

1022. Estates of Target April 20, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

The Krusty Krab and Chum Bucket are demolished to make way for a real estate development project. SpongeBob, Squidward, Mr. Krabs, Plankton and Karen tries to infiltrate and halt the project by burning the houses, only to create their own project in a better place after overhearing a conversation between a man who tried to move from his crumbling house, an ultra-conservative priest who laments the government officials for spending money on the excessive grandeur of the project, and the short-tempered project leader who openly denounces priesthood and religion.

1023. The Cheapskate's Chains April 24, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When Mr. Krabs is arrested for being involved in a tax fraud scandal, the police boat gets uncontrolled and falls down a cliff. The injured Krabs is thrown to a state of continuous hallucination. Concerned, Squidward gets in touch with Rabbi Yehuda ben Nebir Naphtali and the doctor-spiritualist Matt Mezko to get rid of the hallucination.

1024. Doom in Parade April 25, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward joins a local church service on Bikini Bottom's Day of Patriots. After encountering and being tricked by a thief who tries to hide, SpongeBob and Patrick thinks that they are the "patriots". They creates banners and ads promoting them, much to the disturbance of the Bikini Bottomites. Meanwhile, Plankton (against the advice of his wife Karen and "second-class" computer Blondi), creates a robot with the aid of a hypnotized Sandy to get the Krabby Patty secret formula. With his employees and Patrick unavailable, Mr. Krabs tricks the Bikini Bottom Army into preparing for "war" with Plankton.

1025. The Great Program April 30, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Krabs asks a human architect named Vaulon de Bourbon to turn the Krusty Krab into a big palace. However, SpongeBob and Patrick continuously disturbs the architect with their tricks. Angered, Vaulon forces SpongeBob and Patrick to do all the work in building the palace. The two best friends orchestrate a "Great Program" to get tools needed to build the palace, much to the distress of Krabs, whose money is thrown away just to fund the pointless "Great Program".

1026. The Pharaoh and The SquarePants May 2, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs dreams about becoming a pharaoh in Egypt. Thinking that he is destined to wield divine power, he interrupts a referendum on the restoration of constitutional monarchy in Egypt and makes himself pharaoh. Back in Bikini Bottom, SpongeBob and Patrick, who are not informed of Krabs' departure to Egypt, starts a search effort which involves a long but improper round-the-world journey to find Krabs, laying waste and destruction across the oceans and continents and dooming all nations in the world to bankruptcy before finding an impoverished Krabs, having lost his royal status when Egypt gone bankrupt, trying to go back to Bikini Bottom.

1027. The Sponge, The Squirrel and The Papacy May 5, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Sandy is kidnapped by a male squirrel from northern Mexico who sells her to the papal usurper ManFredo von Vinbik in exchange for legitimacy from the papacy to rule over all of the Americas. To find Sandy, SpongeBob, Patrick, James, Colin, SpongeBob's witch-advisor Monkoni and Mr. Krabs infiltrates Vatican City to find Sandy, before trying to stop the male squirrel from launching a nuclear missile to Bikini Bottom and find the male squirrel's boss, who turns out to be Plankton, before he is able to summon an army of demons, vampires and dragons in Mount Olympus, Greece, to conquer the whole world.

1028. Visions of Misery: TV Movie May 10, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

While sleeping during the night, Mr. Krabs is visited in his dream by 2 angels, who carries Squidward's soul away from his body to the "dream world", where he sees through a vision that misery and selfishness, held in high regard by Squidward, are the agents of the world's moral destruction and the "driver" of suffering. Then, Squidward saw visions of a Buddhist monk being killed by selfish pagans and people suffering in the Hell. Squidward wakes up to find that he is assumed dead, his body sprinkled by holy water from a cleric, who runs away, along with the entire people present in Squidward's house. After assuring everybody that he is alive, Squidward tells the angels, who asks him to be good, that he doesn't listen to their orders, since he is too bored after being too long outside his house, before going to work, as if everything is normal.

1029. Tunnels, Papers, Spells, Chaos May 17, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

While digging in the presumed location of a treasure, SpongeBob and Patrick discovers the remains of an underground tunnel of the 2nd century AD, which leads them to a buried room with an intact scroll written by Emperor Hadrian of Rome and then passed to his military advisor Marcus Krabbus, earliest patriarch of the Krabs family after being turned into fish. SpongeBob and Patrick learns some magical spells from the scroll, but they misuses it, leading to a sudden, massive zombie invasion of Bikini Bottom.

1030. Coin Flood May 20, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A drought hits Bikini Atoll and underwater cities around it. The Roman god Jupiter helps Bikini Bottom, the most unfortunate of the victim cities, by flooding it with 10 million dollars in form of coin money. Plankton steals some of the money to turn the coins to energy in order to support a new missile aimed at the Krusty Krab. Meanwhile, the other citizens wanted to get all the money, resulting in a fight which is only finished by a Rock Bottomite magician who comes to show his mastery of magic.

1031. The Ghost and The Body May 27, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

After a ghost scare ravages Bikini Bottom, SpongeBob and Patrick decides to put the Flying Dutchman ghost back to his body. When the Flying Dutchman refuses, SpongeBob and Patrick is forced to chase him as he escapes out of the undersea and flies to Rome, to convince the god Jupiter to unleash a divine army and prevent them from reaching Rome and finding him.

1032. Man of Brain May 30, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Annoyed by Patrick's increasing stupidity over the last few days, Squidward brings Patrick to the Therapy of Stupidity Institution, where they stumbles upon Squilliam, the institution's president, who suspects that Squidward is trying to sabotage the institution. Squidward's attempts to gain entry culminate in the institution's destruction and Patrick's brain (but not Patrick himself) being convicted in the courthouse for "causing chaos and destruction in the city".

1033. Dimension Beyond Dimension June 6, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When Sandy's time-dimension machine malfunctions, SpongeBob and friends are brought to a dimension deep within a NASA computer system, where they messes up with the clocking system and accidentally release over 30 million classified information, throwing the world into a global nuclear war, while SpongeBob and friends go through various timetables, dimensions and computer systems in order to find a way home, rewriting history in the process.

1034. The Sponge and The Llama June 10, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

A so-called Scandinavian llama brought by Sandy to Bikini Bottom causes panic when he mistakes Sandy's cowboy-style pistol for a llama's toy and "assassinates" the Mayor's television. To prevent the llama from being imprisoned in Bikini Bottom's dungeon, Sandy recruits SpongeBob and Patrick to convince animal's rights advocates to help free the llama before the trial begins. Meanwhile, Mr. Krabs, unaware of the whole plan, goes undercover to bribe the judge who's going to preside over the llama's trial to give the llama to him so he can use it as an attraction for the Krusty Krab.

1035. Corrupted Squidward June 13, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Squidward laments why his life is so miserable. To console him, SpongeBob and Patrick takes him to Dr. Wilter Mental Consolation Consultation Pidfish (Dr. Wilter M.C.C. Pidfish). Dr. Wilter's efforts are successful. However, Squidward's life turn too happy and bright that he becomes even more annoying than SpongeBob and Patrick combined, and even annoys Larry the Lobster while on vacation in Goo Lagoon that Larry suffers a heart attack and falls into a coma. Worried, SpongeBob and Patrick confronts Dr. Wilter, only to find him being led away by the police when Mr. Krabs, who comes there, notices that Wilter has some paintings of Picasso which are reported lost a month ago.

1036. Make a Spaghetti June 17, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs announces a new menu: the spaghetti. When SpongeBob makes the largest spaghetti in human history, he becomes famous worldwide and instantly becomes a Hollywood movie star, literally. Thinking that the rich movie producers in Hollywood forcefully kidnaps SpongeBob, Mr. Krabs takes command of an "army" which consists of Squidward, Sandy, Patrick and Pearl, to rescue SpongeBob.

1037. School of Flames June 20, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

When Mrs. Puff's school burns down due to an accident started by an unknown man, Mrs. Puff moves to SpongeBob's house and temporarily teaches her students from the house, much to the distress of Squidward, who does not want to hear noise generated from the boats.

1038. Hunted Rivalry June 21, 2054 Written by: Vickers Vilbert

Mr. Krabs and Plankton discovers an ancient book, which reveals the location of an all-powerful artifact hidden by a semi-deity hermit 33 billion years ago. Believing that the artifact will give its user enormous power, Krabs and Plankton starts to hunt for the artifact. Plankton gains the help of some thugs, while Krabs enlists the help of SpongeBob, Squidward and Patrick.

1039. FakerGary June 28, 2054

Plankton figures out Gary is the key to formula so he takes Gary's shell.

Running gag: SpongeBob slaps Plankton's face on ground while trying to carry him.

Animation: Plankton oww face: 0. 0, 0*

first apperances: SpongeBob shows Plankton his man purse when buying Krabby Pattys.

1040. Rockie

SpongeBob and Patrick get interested in rocks.

1040.Dumb chum

SpongeBob learns to play the abflute. Karen agrees to try Plankton food.

1041.KrAbA PaTtAs July 5, 2054

Plankton finds the real destroyed Krusty Krab (By the way he destroyed it last season) and takes a peice of paper off the ground. ( veiwers never figure out what the paper is because the rest of the episode is SpongeBob trying to find the real Krusty Krab.

1042. Dead fish has a shadow. ( A reidited tv movie) rights to owner @ Dead fish has a shadow. {C}As Sandy prepares dinner, Plankton puts the final touches on his mind-control device, only to be taken away from him by Sandy, who won't allow 'toys' at the table.

Later, SpongeBob asks Sandy for permission to attend an upcoming stag party. After he promises he won't drink, Sandy lets him go. Unfortunately, SpongeBob does not need Sandy's advice and plays such drinking games as "Drink the beer". He goes to work the next day with a hangover, and falls asleep on the job as a saftey inspector in a toy factory. SpongeBob misses such things as a butcher knife, surge protector, gasoline can, razor blades, a porcupine, toaster with forks inside and plug in water. The company recieves bad press after releasing unsafe toy products, and SpongeBob is promptly fired.

At dinner, he breaks the news to his friends, but decides to keep it from Sandy. SpongeBob tries different jobs, such as cereal mascot and sneeze guard but fails miserably. Squidwardpressures him to tell her the truth, but all he manages to do is to tell Sandy how fat she is. Squidward insists that SpongeBob must took out for his friends welfare.

With the word "welfare" in his mind, SpongeBob soon applies for a government assistance at a welfare office. But a processing erroe creates a weekly check for $150,000. Telling Sandy he received a big raise, SpongeBob spends his money on many foolish things. SpongeBob rents the Statue of David, treats Pearl to cosmetic surgery and even goes so far to surround his house with a moat to protect them from the black knight.

Unfortunatley, Sandy is given the welfare check by the mail fish lady and storms at SpongeBob. SpongeBob decides to return the money to the taxpayers by undiging the mote. They end up in prison.

Eventually, Sandy recieves the bad news and goes to court, where the judge sentences SpongeBob to 24 months in prison. Sandy tries to explain he's kinda whaco, and insists that no matter what, she will always stand by her friend. but that just starts a fight. Plankton, thinking that if he gains trust he might get what he wants and that he has his frenemies by his side, regardless his burning hate for them, He then whips out his mind control device and forces the judge into letting his frenemie go free and get his job back. happy, Plankton sits down and looks at the smiling SpongeBob.

SpongeBob states that he has learned his lesson and will never do it again. Then he whispers to Plankton: you mind want to hide that thing before Sandy finds it. Plankton shakes his head.

Note:mcb1209. Returns after this episode.

1043.Hello Chum (a parody with Chum cakes yah!!) July 12, 2054

Plankton Makes a paradise but Patrick destroys it.

running gag: Patrick keeps triping over boxes and there contents fall on Plankton

1st box: Patrick walks in and he trips over it. Straws smother Plankton. He is tired.

2nd box: Patrick hits in while exploring "chum caves" it contained water. Plankton is wet and angry, he throws a rock at Patrick and Patrick faints

3rd box: Plankton pulls a Krabby Patty out of Patrick's pocket but when sees Plankton has a Krabby Patty she gives him a thumbs up and reachs for it, but then a ton of buns fall on him. End

Epilouge: Plankton comes out from an enourmas pile of buns and says: I can't find it!!!!!

1044.Ah My God! (a parody of Ah My Goddess) July 19, 2054

Mr. Krabs is naked and everyone else watches in disgust, and Squidward shoots him, and Patrick ccidently eats Spongbob instead of popcorn!

1045. Mr. Krabs' Birhtday July 26, 2054

Mr. Krabs buys a Windows 7 Home Premium, mening one for Pearl, but Patrick dstroys it.

Season 52 (Disney Season apart from first episode and episode 1050)
1046. BSOD of horror November 2, 2054

After Patrick destroyed Windows 7 from previous episode, Mr. Krabs Receve BSOD.

1047. Disney Chaos November 9, 2054

After Sandy's Invention messed up, disney donminates the whole season.

Note: This Episode is banned from France due to copyright infringment of MoonScoop, inc., but the copyright infringement problem was solved and aired in France.

1048. Robin Hood vs. Tom and Jerry vs. Ed, Edd, 'n' Eddy vs. SpongeBob November 16, 2054

When Robin Hood Comes then Ed, Edd and Eddy, scamming with Robin Hood so Tom and jerry tries to kill Robin Hood. So SpongeBob Stops the chaos.

1049. Give Me Disney or Give me Death November 23, 2054

SpongeBob Help Snow White from the Evil Queen.

Note: This Episode title is a parody to the famous last sentence of Patrick Henry's March 23, 1775 speech, "Give me liberty, or give me death!"

1050. The 1050th Episode Special November 30, 2054

SpongeBob celebrates the 1050th Episode.

1051. Disney Visitors December 7, 2054

SpongeBob Invited Disney Characters. Beavis and Butt-Head came on accident.

Note: Due to Beavis and Butt-Head apperence, It is Rated TV-14 uncut on [mailto:Nick@Nite Nick@Nite] and MTV. Rated TV-PG on Nick and other children channels by the U.S. goverment and Beavis and Butt-Head is Elimated. In the UK, it is rated 12.

1052. Disney Goodbye December 14, 2054

SpongeBob and the gang say goodbye to disney characters.(NOT!)

1053. Cartoon X-Work December 21, 2054

When Sandy's Inventions gone wrong, Cartoons appears with Playboy.

Note This uncut episode is Rated TV-MA on Adult Swim, MTV and Spike TV. This Episode is Edited on [mailto:Nick@Nite Nick@Nite] and rated TV-14. This Episode is Banned From Nick and other children channels by the U.S. goverment. This Episode is banned From Austrilia. In the UK, it is rated 15.

1054. SpongeBob's Poopiest Adventure December 28, 2054

SpongeBob must destroy a cookie in this adventure. However, in a Youtube Poop way!

Note: This episode debuted in Youtube because, it is most likely a Youtube Poop.

1055. A given choose January 4, 2055

The gang fight for the grand trophy for pride, and braveness.

Season 53
1056. The Great Meeting March 31, 2055 Written by: LKAD

The show's characters meet up with the crew and they decide that the show needs to go back on track, which means starting from the beginning, but they doubt whether viewers will go back to see an old show.

1057. Bikini Spring April 7, 2055 Written by: LKAD

To boost up sales during the "spring recession", Mr. Krabs creates "Bikini Spring Day", but when citizens think that it's a call for revolution against Bikini Bottom's rulers, Mr. Krabs finds himself imprisoned and blamed by the government for causing chaos.

1058. No, Patrick, No! April 14, 2055 Written by: LKAD

SpongeBob and friends go on holiday in Paris. SpongeBob tries to reveal his true feelings for Sandy. Meanwhile, Patrick buys several packs of dynamite (thinking that they are toys) and blows up the Eiffel Tower, while Squidward's hostile behavior towards the "childish" Disneyland Paris staff makes them feel uneasy.

1059. The Girls' Union April 21, 2055 Written by: LKAD

Sandy teams up with Pearl and her high school friends as they protest the Krusty Krab's use of "environmentally-harmful" equipment, but SpongeBob refuses to give away his spatula Spat to the girls and challenge them to a "patty duel".

1060. You'll Never Know What I Don't Know April 28, 2055 Written by: LKAD

Squilliam's limousine collides with a truck while attempting to avoid a traffic jam, and a heavily-injured Squilliam suffers from amnesia. A concerned SpongeBob (who is walking along the crash site and helps Squilliam out of the limousine) summons creatures ranging from a blind beggar and a poor farmer to the ghost of George Washington, IKEA employees and the Loch Ness Monster to treat Squilliam as Squidward devises a plan to take over Squilliam's business empire.

1061. Trading the Goods May 5, 2055 Written by: LKAD

Making a visit to Atlantis, Patrick trades an old clock for a golden knife with a beggar, but Patrick is unaware that King Neptune is going after him to get that sacred golden knife.

1062. Another Great Meeting May 12, 2055 Written by: LKAD

The characters meet the crew again. The characters decide that without the newer characters, the show isn't going to survive, so the crew restore the newer characters, but a misunderstanding happens and the entire crew resign. It's up to the characters to make the crew return and save the show.

1063. Case of the Painting May 19, 2055 Written by: LKAD

Several paintings get stolen from the Bikini Bottom Art Museum and the gang's English human friend Flonty tracks down the paintings to the Chum Bucket, where Plankton is using the paintings, along with rotten sandwiches, unused napkins and old cables to create a "super destructive environmentally friendly" robot. Finding himself held as prisoner, Flonty must free himself and stop Plankton before it's too late.

'''1064. Never Been Here Before... May 26, 2055 Written by: LKAD'''

The gang gets lost during a summer vacation to Siberia. Patrick and Mindy's son Colin, the Prince of Atlantis, finds and ventures into a temple deep within the Siberian wasteland, while Sandy finds mysterious puzzles which, if solved, will supposedly unlock a room full of treasure.

1065. Patriarch Don't Know June 2, 2055 Written by: LKAD

SpongeBob's father suffers a heart attack and SpongeBob finds himself serving as patriarch of the family, but he doesn't know how to be a good patriarch and goes to Mr. Krabs for help.

1066. Skateboard 101 June 9, 2055 Written by: LKAD

SpongeBob and Sandy's son James comes across a gang of skateboarding addicts and join them. After a few perfect days of training, James finds himself unexpectedly sent out on a mission, under the codename "Skateboard 101", to sabotage a rival gang, but ends up finding important "land-water relations" papers, which places him and the skateboard gangs under CIA surveillance.

1067. Pearl All Alone June 16, 2055 Written by: LKAD

Pearl and Octavius Rex gets into a fight and ends their marriage, Rex gaining custody of their daughter Violet. Pearl starts dating rich businessman Vernon Maurofish. Rex, realizing that he still loves Pearl, attempt to stop Pearl and Vernon's marriage. Meanwhile, Squilliam, angry that Vernon has sabotaged several of his business deals, sends a group of assassins to "teach the man a lesson."

1068. The Boat, The Mind, The Time June 23, 2055 Written by: LKAD

Mrs. Puff's boat gets broken and SpongeBob offers to help his teacher fix the boat. Puff gives SpongeBob 23 hours to fix the boat, but then tries to use the 23 hours to leave Bikini Bottom, and thus SpongeBob, forever.

1069. Shakeup Now June 30, 2055 Written by: LKAD

King Neptune announces a shakeup in the "Royal Cabinet", but Patrick opposes it, so Neptune has Patrick's marriage with Mindy annulled. As Patrick and his son Prince Colin try to solve the problem, Triton sees this as a chance to gain esteem in Atlantean society.

1070. Go, Bum, Go July 7, 2055 Written by: LKAD

SpongeBob's son James pursues a career in boxing. With Mr. Krabs as manager, James starts an impressive 50-win streak against bums and no-names. Bikini Bottom's heavyweight champion K. O. Bigfish picks up James as a "safe choice", and a worried SpongeBob attempts to stop the scheduled fight.

1071. He the Greedier July 14, 2055 Written by: LKAD

George W. Bush visits Bikini Bottom and finds himself a target of mass demonstrations over the week. Plankton tries to distract Krabs into using the demonstrations for publicity purposes, while he himself searches for the elusive Krabby Patty secret formula.

'''1072. Corporal Squidward Reporting For... July 21, 2055 Written by: LKAD'''

Squidward accidentally gets himself drafted into the Bikini Bottom Army. SpongeBob and friends, along with their trusted witch Monkoni, try to get Squidward out of the Army.

'''1073. SpongeBob, Employee or Grill? July 28, 2055 Written by: ExplodingSoda'''

SpongeBob wins the "Best Sponge, Employee and Grill User Award" but Squidward tries to destroy it so Squidward Created the Group "Tentacle-Cheeks-Plankton-Puff Group" to stop it.

1074. Parking the SpongeBob August 4, 2055 Written by: LKAD

Mr. Krabs creates a new parking lane for the Krusty Krab, but when he learns that a new law in Bikini Bottom requires him to pay for his parking lane annually, Krabs arranges for SpongeBob and his son James to camouflage the parking lane before an inspection by the city authorities.

1075. Tales of Distress August 11, 2055 Written by: LKAD

Sandy's latest robotic creation is stolen by Plankton and Sandy goes to the Chum Bucket to get her creation back. SpongeBob buys Patrick a "friendship gift": an old, cheap Windows XP computer and a copy of RollerCoaster Tycoon 2, and Patrick becomes addicted to it. The gang's friend Flonty goes on vacation to the Niagara Falls and comes across bizarre anti-democracy protests.

Season 54
1076. Patrick the Diplomat November 4, 2055 Written by: LKAD

Thinking that he is suitable for the job, Patrick somehow becomes a diplomat for Bikini Bottom and is sent to Atlantis, where his wife Princess Mindy and son Prince Colin lives, but Patrick soon finds out that becoming a diplomat is harder than he thinks.

1077. All Hail SpongeBob, All Hail SquarePants November 11, 2055 Written by: LKAD

The Mayor is sick and, knowing that he's not going to survive, appoints SpongeBob as his successor. SpongeBob finds himself feeling more free and powerful than ever and starts turning into a dictator. Sandy tries to get SpongeBob back on the right path, but finds herself too busy with her "elite" clothing.

1078. SpongeBob SquarePants vs. the United States November 18, 2055 Written by: LKAD

SpongeBob learns about anti-imperialism and, thinking that imperialism means "creating a fantasy world", becomes an anti-American. When he appears on national television preaching his anti-American ideas, the United States government sues SpongeBob.

1079. Banned in the Business November 25, 2055 Written by: LKAD

Restaurant owners gather to establish the "Anti-Krabs Alliance" to keep Mr. Krabs out of the restaurant business. SpongeBob and Patrick try to stop them.

1080. Some Sausage Please December 2, 2055 Written by: LKAD

McDonald's arrives in Bikini Bottom, and Mr. Krabs teams up with Plankton to drive the restaurant out of the city. Pearl buys an old iMac G3, but Octavius Rex sees the iMac as a "disturbance" and attempts to have it removed.

1081. Real Krabs Makes the Difference December 9, 2055 Written by: LKAD

An economic recession hits Bikini Bottom, and Mr. Krabs tearfully decides to invest his money in a new supermarket, but when Krabs finds out the supermarket's operators treat customers with disrespect, Krabs seeks to get his money back.

1082. Stupidity of a Singing December 16, 2055 Written by: LKAD

Patrick tries his hand at singing The Beatles songs. Mr. Krabs hides the Krabby Patty secret formula in the Bikini Bottom Public Library and Plankton goes there to get the secret formula.

'''1083. I Am What... December 23, 2055 Written by: LKAD'''

An elementary school friend of SpongeBob is wrongfully arrested for armed robbery. SpongeBob, Sandy and their son James rush to the friend's aid for the trial.

1084. Evil and Devil December 30, 2055 Written by: LKAD

Patrick struggles to understand the difference between "evil" and "devil". SpongeBob tries to help.

1085. Super-Duper Fantastic January 6, 2056 Written by: LKAD

SpongeBob, Monkoni and Flonty travel to the slums in western Bikini Bottom to help the poor. An Ukulele Bottom sandals corporation finds Karen and turns her into the "digital sandals superhero" in expensive commercials, and Karen finds herself enjoying life as a celebrity, much to Plankton's disgust.

1086. Neptune the Poor January 13, 2056 Written by: LKAD

The Atlanteans revolt against King Neptune and forces him out of power. Patrick and Mindy's son Prince Colin tries to regain power for "Grandpa Neptune", while Neptune ends up working for a gold mine near Old Kelp City.

1087. Krabs Vegas January 20, 2056 Written by: LKAD

A visit to Las Vegas leaves an impression on Mr. Krabs, and he persuades the Bikini Bottom government for funding to turn Jellyfish Fields into a place (called "Krabs Vegas") for casinos, luxurious hotels and a "Museum of Glamorous Lifestyle", but SpongeBob and Patrick attempt to rally citizens against this plan.

1088. Patrick the Painter January 27, 2056 Written by: LKAD

Patrick tries his hand at painting, but Squidward is there to sabotage Patrick's attempts at creating a "perfect" painting.

1089. Secrets of a Secret February 3, 2056 Written by: LKAD

Thinking that he will die (he isn't) after suffering a heart attack watching the new Biflop: The Horribly Flopped Bikini Bottom Movie, Mr. Krabs tries to reveal his secrets to SpongeBob and friends, but Plankton hires a group of thugs to have Krabs silenced.

1090. Mr. Different February 10, 2056 Written by: LKAD

After a falling-out with SpongeBob and the gang's witch friend Monkoni, Flonty starts wondering whether being a human truly separates him from the rest of the gang.

1091. The Strange Arts February 17, 2056 Written by: LKAD

Octavius Rex hears about and takes up mixed martial arts, against Pearl's advise. Meanwhile, a group of senior citizens in Bikini Bottom, led by Mr. Krabs, seek to have the "violent arts" removed from the city once and for all.

1092. Welcome to Chaos, People February 24, 2056 Written by: LKAD

Mr. Krabs goes to England on a "boss' vacation" to retrieve the Krabs family's lost treasure below Windsor Castle, but quickly finds himself in trouble with the staff. Expressing his anger at Karen for failing to steal the secret formula, Plankton accidentally creates a video game using Karen which turns out to be highly popular.

1093. The Krusty Krab Mystery March 3, 2056 Written by: LKAD

Mr. Krabs learns that there is a dark, magic-filled history of the land on which the Krusty Krab stands, and SpongeBob is tasked to discover more about the land's history.

1094. Nonsense, SpongeBob March 10, 2056 Written by: LKAD

After Squidward tells him that he'll raze his house and leave Bikini Bottom forever if SpongeBob dares to sneak into his house, SpongeBob starts wondering why Squidward is so mad at him.

1095. It's Money Tree, Eugene Krabs March 17, 2056 Written by: LKAD

Mr. Krabs learns that scientists in New Kelp City have invented a new "money tree" and, desperate to get more and more money, attempts to buy a money tree over eBay, but soon gets himself involved with a heated debate with the seller (one of the scientists) regarding the high price.

Season 55
1096. Star Comedy Star September 8, 2056 Written by: LKAD

Patrick gets himself involved in a new comedy-themed show on the radio and becomes highly popular, but SpongeBob is jealous.

1097. Salesman Sponge September 15, 2056 Written by: LKAD

SpongeBob and Sandy's son James is hired as salesman for newly-established International Highly Advanced Microprocessor and Cyber Technology Private and Public Enterprise Establishment Business Machine and Software Systems Alliance and Corporation (IHAMaCTPaPEEBMaSSAaC), but Sandy is suspicious of anti-competitive practices in the corporation.

1098. Eugene Krabs is Always Greedy (Part 1) September 22, 2056 Written by: LKAD

After a drop in profits at the Krusty Krab, Mr. Krabs steals Sandy's time machine and "language machine", mistaking it for "huge and extravagant" toys for display in the Krusty Krab, but he messes up with the machines and ends up all alone in Constantinople, armed with the knowledge of all languages in history, at the time of the Fourth Crusade in 1204, and has to find a way home before the Crusaders attack.

1099. Eugene Krabs is Always Greedy (Part 2) September 29, 2056 Written by: LKAD

Having recovered the time machine (it is lost during the confusion between citizens following Krabs' arrival from the future) and getting out of the city just in time for the attack, Krabs finds himself transported to 323 BC and, after accidentally mixing a drink with a seemingly corrupted "holy recipe", delays Alexander the Great's death by a full week. Krabs needs to go back a full week in time to avoid altering history, but his time machine goes missing.

1100. Eugene Krabs is Always Greedy (Part 3) October 6, 2056 Written by: LKAD

Krabs recovers the time machine in the possession of the "Giant Beast of Babylon" and defeats him. The grateful Babylonians, along with Seleucus I Nicator, gives him control over the land surrounding Babylon. Krabs spends the next 7 months forgetting all about the time machine, enslaving the Babylonians and angering Seleucus. When the Babylonians revolt, Krabs flees with his time machine.

1101. Eugene Krabs is Always Greedy (Part 4) October 13, 2056 Written by: LKAD

Thanks to a malfunction, Krabs ends up in Detroit in January 2003. His time machine is again lost in the chaos which ensues following his arrival. Helpless and desperate for money, Krabs auditions for American Idol season 2 (disguising as a 21-year-old human) and somehow makes it to Hollywood, eventually ending up becoming the winner after forcing several other contestants out of contention. Krabs refuses all contract offers and instead uses his newly-found fame to successfully track down his time machine to a junkyard near Boston.

1102. Eugene Krabs is Always Greedy (Part 5) October 20, 2056 Written by: LKAD

Krabs finds himself in Kill Devil Hills, North Carolina, on December 17, 1903. After witnessing the Wright Brothers' historic first flight, Krabs discovers a malfunction called "back-to-big-history" (according to a manual which he accidentally brings with him). Turning to the Wrights' mechanic Charlie Taylor to repair it, Krabs finds himself in trouble when he accidentally burns down the Wrights' hangar, and has to find a solution before returning to the present-day.

1103. Eugene Krabs is Always Greedy (Part 6) October 27, 2056 Written by: LKAD

After a short-lived court battle with the Wrights, Krabs hears that the time machine is stolen by curious citizens from Kitty Hawk. Krabs and Charlie Taylor starts tracking down the time machine, dealing with a street gang in the process. Eventually, Krabs finds the time machine and returns to Bikini Bottom in the present-day, where he is greeted by SpongeBob. Krabs refuses to answer any of SpongeBob's questions, only saying, "I dealt with history."

1104. My Family is Our Family November 3, 2056 Written by: LKAD

SpongeBob's family (his parents, Sandy, his son James, and others) and Patrick's family (his parents, Princess Mindy, his son Prince Colin of Atlantis, and others) meet in a party celebrating Bikini Bottom's establishment, but they have a problem getting to know each other.

1105. SpongeBob 007 November 10, 2056 Written by: LKAD

SpongeBob becomes unhealthily obsessed with James Bond and goes to "human land" to find him. Mr. Krabs leads an expedition to "retrieve" SpongeBob.

1106. Today's News With Sheldon Plankton November 17, 2056 Written by: LKAD

Plankton overtakes a television channel and starts spreading "evil news" to the citizens of Bikini Bottom.

1107. Where to Go, Where to Come, Where to Find November 24, 2056 Written by: LKAD

Squidward goes missing during a family reunion. SpongeBob and Patrick try to find him.

1108. No Way For Squidward December 1, 2056 Written by: LKAD

Squidward finally becomes rich from playing the clarinet and becomes front-page news as the "most foolish organism in the world". SpongeBob tries to figure out why Squidward becomes so foolish, while the man himself buys Westminster Abbey and turns it into the "Squidward Museum of Clarinet Arts", demolishes the Statue of Liberty to make way for a giant "Statue of Squidward", puts the corpse of Michael Jackson on display in his house, and turns his house into a massive palace (dedicated "to myself, the One Almighty Squidward").

'''1109. Ahoy, The Dying Ones! December 8, 2056 Written by: LKAD'''

The Bikini Bottom government forces Mr. Krabs to turn the Krusty Krab into a hospice "in the service of the citizens". With SpongeBob's help, Mr. Krabs tries to profit off a so-called "end-of-life insurance".

1110. Krabs the Janitor December 15, 2056 Written by: LKAD

A group of "greedy" businessmen buy the Krusty Krab and Mr. Krabs finds himself relegated to the role of a janitor.

1111. A Piece of Spongy Paper December 22, 2056 Written by: LKAD

SpongeBob's son James visits his father, accidentally discovering "yellow paper" outside the house. SpongeBob takes the paper to Sandy, who examines the paper and concludes that the paper is a sign of an "invasion by aliens from the faraway galactic seas", causing panic among the Bikini Bottomites.

1112. The Chum-What December 29, 2056 Written by: LKAD

A rich but mentally unstable businessman buys the Chum Bucket and turns it into a headquarters for "holy saviors" (actually his criminal friends). Horrified, SpongeBob and Mr. Krabs help Plankton and Karen, living in a shanty town, in their effort to retake the Chum Bucket.

1113. Where the Way January 5, 2057 Written by: LKAD

Bikini Bottom is plagued by lengthy traffic jams all day long and SpongeBob comes up with a solution.

1114. A Poorly-Created Introduction Video by Sandy Cheeks of Texas January 12, 2057 Written by: LKAD

Sandy creates an introduction video of herself so that the Bikini Bottomites can know more about her, but making the video is much harder than she thinks.

1115. More, SpongeBob, More January 19, 2057 Written by: LKAD

SpongeBob loses a game of poker against Plankton and gives away his entire property (including his pet Gary). With SpongeBob now living in poverty, unemployed, Plankton tries to steal the secret formula.

Season 56
1116. Money, Money, Squidward July 8, 2057 Written by: LKAD 

Squidward tells Squilliam that he can manage money better than him, so Squilliam promptly gives away all his money (and secures a special "temporary" access to social security), but when Squidward becomes too obsessed with a life of luxury, overspends his money and falls bankrupt, Squilliam goes to confront him.

1117. The Money Show With Eugene Krabs July 11, 2057 Written by: LKAD

Mr. Krabs hosts a talk show revolving around the concept of money, but he himself doubts that the show will be successful.

1118. The Longer They Go July 17, 2057 Written by: LKAD

SpongeBob and friends go on vacation in Honolulu, but Sandy fears that the humans will not accept them there.

Note: One of Mcb1209's employee died after this episode.

1119. '''Too Many Seasons! July 29, 2057 Written by: SpongeTechX'''

SpongeBob and his friends are thinking that they should cancel this show because there are 56 seasons. Nobody agrees with them, so the show doesn't get canceled.

1120. Flying Cities August 2, 2057 Written by: SpongeTechX

SpongeBob and Patrick get to look at the futuristic flying cities away from Bikini Bottom and it inspires them to tell everyone in Bikini Bottom to make Bikini Bottom Fly. The Bikini Bottomites start constructing.

1121. Flying Cities Pt. 2 August 7, 2057 Written by: William Leonard

The Bikini Bottomites finish construction of the flying Bikini Bottom, and the whole town is soon rising up through the waters! But soon disaster strikes - Bikini Bottom is rising too high, and it reaches the surface! People start suffocating because nobody except Sandy is built to take in air. Can Sandy save the whole town before everybody chokes to death?

Note: This episode is rated TV-PG for 'Scary Moments and Fantasy Violence'. People are wondering if this episode should be part of the next Pineapple of Horror. Other people don't really care, and thus nobody is doing anything about it. That's democracy for you.

1122. Flying Cities Pt. 3 September 1, 2057 Written by: SpongeTechX

Sandy swims above the water to where the flying city is. She then uses a device that lowers the flying city of Bikini Bottom into the water. Luckily, when the people were suffocating, nobody died. They were all safe thanks to Sandy, and they say that she is the new town hero.

1123. Target:mcb1209 September 12, 2057 written by: mcb1209 Plankton wanted mcb1209 for creating too many seasons. So, SpongeBob, Patrick, Daria, and Robin Hood want To stop Plankton from destroying Mcb1209.

Note: this is a sequel to Target: MissAppear869. Note #2: last apperance of Daria.

'''1124. SpongeBob has a Son!? September 19, 2057 Written By: SpongeKing'''

SpongeBob's 29-year old son, SpongeDavid comes to Bikini Bottom after life all his life at his Uncle Jerry's farm. SpongeBob reveals to his friends that when he was drunk with Sandy one night he slept with her and made her pregnant, unforturnately they didn't know until he was born. They gave him to Uncle Jerry who took care of him. SpongeDavid starts working at the Floating Krab for Mr. Krabs's Grandson, Tommy.

Note: This episode marks the 40th year anniversary of the day DCXD Productions bought the series for it to air on The DCXD Channel. This episode is rated TV-14 for sexual themes.

1125. Triton has a Girlfriend September 20, 2057 Written by: Esa6426

SpongeBob and his friends found out Triton has a girlfriend named Esa that he has been with for two years now, and he decides it's time to ask for her hand. But will SpongeBob mess things up for Triton?

Note: Esa is a character in the original fanon series (SpongeBob SquarePants series), and how she and Triton met is a completely different story.

1126. Colin and James GONE!? September 22, 2057 Written by: Esa6426

Neptune accidently made a huge crack in the ground with his powers, and James and Colin fall in. They discover a cavern that leads to a dark force that is planning to destroy Atlantis. Meanwhile, SpongeBob, Patrick, Triton, and Neptune must find the two before it's too late.

1126. To Get Kraken' September 22, 2057 Written by: Esa6426

Patrick, Mindy, SpongeBob, and Sandy are busy, so Triton is left with Colin and James to make sure they don't get hurt. But with a Kraken trying to attack Atlantis and Neptune being trapped by it, can Triton defeat it and keep an eye on the boys? It just comes to show that a god's work is never done!

1127. Don't Cha to the Tango September 26, 2057 Written by: Esa6426

When the Krusty Krab faces financial problems, SpongeBob and Sandy must participate in a tango dance contest and win the $1,000,000 prize to save the restaurant!

1128. A God's Wedding September 27, 2057 Written by: Esa6426

Triton and Esa are getting married, and SpongeBob and all his friends are invited. What could possibly go wrong?

1129. A Whale's Tears October 6, 2057 Written by: Esa6426

Pearl won't stop crying, and SpongeBob and Patrick must find out why.

1130. Weary Larry October 7, 2057 Written by: Esa6426

Larry was kicked out of the gym and his reputation when his muscular cousin, Jarry, shows that he was better than Larry. Now, SpongeBob and Sandy must get Larry to show Jarry that he ain't giving up without a fight!

1131. SpongeBob Stuck in Computer Octobr 10, 2057 Written by: mcb1209

When SpongeBob got Commodore KIM-1, he decided to go inside an Os, But, Partick, Squidward, Sandy, Mr. Krabs, Mindy, Colin, and James enter the computer with SpongeBob.

1132. New Princess of the Sea October 20, 2057 Written by: Esa6426 

Esa, Triton's wife, gives birth to a baby girl named Triteia in honor of her father. Meanwhile, while trying to visit the newborn princess, Mr. Krabs and his family get lost in the ocean.

'''1133. Say 'Hello'! October 27, 2057 Written by: William Leonard'''

SpongeBob is tasked with showing the newly-born Triteia to everybody in Bikini Bottom. However, some people are treated rudely by Triteia and her powers, and they begin a revolt against the family!

1134. Daddy's Lessons October 27, 2057 Written by: Esa6426

Triton decides that he should teach a little Triteia how to use her powers properly, but when Triteia escapes her father, Triton's having a lesson for himself- the lesson of hardships as a parent as he and SpongeBob try to catch his sneaky little girl!

Season 57
1135. To Cease a War November 2, 2057 Written by: Esa6426

King Neptune's trident is stolen and accuses Lord Royal Highness for the crime, causing war to break out! Worse than that, SpongeBob and Patrick's families fight against each other due to arguing about LRH's innocence! It's now up to Colin and James to stop this, but will it mean betraying their own families?

1136. Remixed Cell-Versary  November 3, 2057 Written by: Russelrules44

Patrick and SpongeBob try to remix Single Cell Annivesary with disasterous results.

1137. SpongeBob vs The Ku Klux Klan (Part 1)  November 4, 2057 Written by: Russelrules44

When SpongeBob hears that the KKK are hating on the blacks and jews, All hell breaks loose!

Note: This episode is (no surprise) rated TV-14, For showing the Ku Klux Klan uncensored and for the N word.

SpongeBob's Warning: People, If you're not 14 or older, don't watch it! And, race equalization is A-Ok!

1138. SpongeBob vs The Ku Klux Klan (Part 2) November 5, 2057, Written by: Russelrules44

SpongeBob challenges the Grand Wizard to a karate challenge, and if SpongeBob loses, He will become one of THEM!

Note: Just like last episode, this episode is rated TV-14.

Squidward's Warning: I don't really care if your 14 or older, just do something meaningful with your life.

1139. SpongeBob vs The Ku Klux Klan (Part 3)  November 6, 2057, Written by: Russelrules44

SpongeBob and The Grand Wizard go at it in the final death round, but just when you think SpongeBob has lost, A new hero (or should I say heroes) emerge!

Note: This is also rated TV-14.

Patrick's Warning: I don't know really much about TV rating, But I don't think you should watch this if you're 14 years old or younger, It's too scary!

1140. SpongeBob vs The Ku Klux Klan (Part 4) November 7, 2057, Written by: Russelrules44

SpongeBob and the 4 unknown heroes defeat the Grand Wizard and his knights of the KKK, And prove that people of different races and creed can come together in harmony.

Note: Unlike the other 3, This one is rated TV-MA.

Another Note: The heroes who saved SpongeBob last episode are revealed to be Corey Riffin, Laney Penn, Kin and Kon Kijura of Grojband.

One More Note: CN and Nickelodeon join forces to bring Grojband to SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures.

John Cena's Warning (Featuring SpongeBob): Hey everybody, This is WWE Hall of Famer John Cena! 73 Years old and still going! You STILL can't see- *coughs ravendously hard* me!

SpongeBob: And we're here to inform you that this episode is not for people under 18 years of age, but you can still see the other 3 if you want!)

'''1141. Glove World's 10,000th Anniversary! November 10, 2057, Written by: Russelrules44'''

SpongeBob, Patrick, Mr. Krabs and the whole gang go to Glove World for it's 10,000th anniversary! Unfortunatly it looks like Plankton, Squilliam and Manray might try to ruin the fun for everyone.

1142. Diary Girl Walking November 21, 2057, Written by: Russelrules44

Trina finally gets into Bikini Bottom to join forces Plankton and SpongeBob and Grojband must stop them! With the power................of MUSIC!

1143. Karen 3.0 November 25, 2057, Written by: Russelrules44

Plankton creates a 3RD Karen to replace the old Karen, and now, SpongeBob and Corey need to bring them back together again!

1144. Finding Spot November 28, 2057, Written by: Esa6426

Spot, Plankton's pet amoeba, has gone missing, and now, Plankton and SpongeBob must find him!

1145. The Crusty Crab December 1, 2056, Written by: Family guy sucks

The people of Bikini Bottom find out that Krab is spelled Crab, thus Mr.C/Krabs changes his restaurant's name to "The Crusty Crab".

1146.  Hermy Fin Tin December 3, 2056, Written by: Kidsnewsnairobi7yearold

A new gent named "Hermy Fin Tin" comes to town, but SpongeBob is jealous when he  knows how to play hockey and is buff.

Season 58 (Thomas & Friends Season apart from Episode 1156)
Oddly, this season only had 10 episodes.

1147: Thomas and Friends Invade Bikini Bottom January 12, 2057

After Sandy's invention explodes, the cast of Thomas & Friends invade Bikini Bottom's railways!

1148: Percy and the Coal January 19, 2057

The engines are given coal by the Krusty Krab's new coal department, but after James derails after hitting a Snail Food truck because of a problem with the coal, Thomas, Mr. Krabs, and Plankton must rescue him and find out what's wrong with the coal.

1149: Croc Engines January 26, 2057

A SpongeBob Crocs version of Thomas Gets Tricked.

1150: Patrick Takes Over Hiro February 11, 2057

In this cross-over with The Patrick Star Show, Patrick runs Hiro, but ends up causing incidents with the engines.

1151: Extreme Pineapple of Horror I! February 18, 2057

The writers give up and start the EXTREME PINEAPPLE OF HORROR SERIES! Featuring more violence then ever!

SpongeBob'S WARNING: This episode is rated TV-14-VBG! So, turn off the TV, kids!

NOTE: This episode debuted on FEARNet, because it's the length of a normal horror movie!

1152: McDonald's! February 25, 2057

Mr. Krab starts lincensing McDonald's products, such as the Double Cheeseburger (with Bacon and normal versions), Triple Cheeseburger (w/o pickles), and the Big Mac.

1153: Diesel and the NBC Train March 9, 2057

NBC 42 workers come to see the engines, and Diesel must take them to the station.

NOTE: This episode debuted on NBC as a time filler.

1154: Thomas and the Cyberbullies March 16, 2057

Internet memes attack the town.

1155: Patrick's Train March 23, 2057

Patrick goes to the train station.

1156: Food March 30, 2057

Mr. Krabs has a holiday in Foodland.

1157: Goodbye April 13, 2057

The gang says goodbye to the T&F gang.

Season 59
After Episode 1,159 aired, an odd hiatus occured. Then it returned to finish the season in early 2058.

1158: Secret Secrets June 14, 2057 SuperFanon'D! August 8, 2057

Patrick notices everyone is hiding a secret from them, and tries to find out what they are.

1159: SpongeBob's Well June 21, 2057

SpongeBob makes a well, and Patrick falls in it.

'''1160: Un-Extreme Pineapple Of Horror! '''January 4, 2058

The writers are bored, so they make a new Pineapple of Horror series where nothing is horrifying. Hey kids, this one ISN'T violent!

1161: SpongePhone January 11, 2058 SuperFanon'D!

SpongeBob spams text messages to all his friends. Now his friends try to stop him!

1162: The Spongermans January 18, 2058 SuperFanon'D!

SpongeBob imitates his favorite TV sitcom.

'''1163: Fan Mail Time! '''February 20, 2058

This episode features fan mail being read, and shows some clips of what happens.

Season 60 (Patrick the Unlincensed Construction Worker season) (2058-2059)
The entire season is in live-action with Patrick and Richard as unlincensed construction workers. The sea creatures are full-body costumes (Patrick's costume is from italian.alibaba.com, the SpongeBob mascot shown in numerous Nick theme parks is used, and Richard's costume is another one from the alibaba site, but modified to look like Richard) and the human and mermaid characters are cosplayers and mermaid cosplayers.

1164: Patrick's Job

Patrick and Richard attempt to rebuild Dole after Ash and Charizard burned it down because they played Flappy Clam.

1165: Bodge-Up

Patrick and Richard are repairing the great pickle wall of Patrickville.

1166: Pat vs. Wild

Patrick builds a second Club Patrick in the forest.

1167: Who Is The Best?

Patrick and Richard compete with rival construction teams.

1168: London (Part 1)

SpongeBob and the gang gather a vacation to London.

1169: 1169 (Part 2) Written by: mcb1209

SpongeBob found a hotel room with hotel room number 1169, when they sleep it got haunted.

Season 61 (SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures: HERO) (2059-2060)
This season uses its normal animation style with CGI backgrounds. This season is about SpongeBob, Patrick, Squidward, Mr. Krabs and Sandy finding out they all have superpowers but dispite their powers being good they need help from Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy before they can save anybody. This season was the most popular season and airs at least once a day on every tv channel that airs SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures.

For unknown reasons this season contained a top and bottom black border.

1170: Superpowers? Length: 11 Minutes

The crew find out they have superpowers but they don't know how to use them.

1171: The Star of DOOM! Length: 11 Minutes

The crew find out about The Star of DOOM (a star that can fall from the sky and kill everyone)!

1172: '''EVIL! EVIL! EVIIIIIIIIL!''' Length: 20 Minutes

Mermaid Man loses the crew, so Barnacle Boy is forced to go find him!

1173: '''Wake Up! Heroes Don't Sleep!''' Length: 2 Minutes

SpongeBob oversleeps and must get ready before Plankton's plan for world domination begins! (Commonly airs during marathons when tv channels can't air a regular Season 61 ep)

1174: Dirty Bubble vs. Man Ray! Length: 11 Minutes

The Dirty Bubble has a fight with Man Ray.

1175: Maaaaaan Raaaaaay! Length: 11 Minutes

Man Ray's cousin shows up and they both have a plan for world domination.

1176: Extreme Pineapple of Horror II Length: 22 Minutes

The gruesome tales continue in superhero style!

Note: This episode was rated TV-14 and didn't air internationally for unknown reasons.

1177: SpongePower! Length: 11 Minutes

SpongeBob becomes SpongePower!

1178: '''PatrickPower! '''Length: 11 Minutes

Patrick becomes PatrickPower!

1179: '''SpongePower! VS Man Ray''' Length: 11 Minutes

Epic Villan vs Hero 1v1!

1180: '''PatrickPower! VS Dirty Bubble''' Length: 11 Minutds

Epic Villain vs Hero 1v1!

1181: Sword Length: 11 Minutes

SpongePower gets a sword but then it hypnotises him to become a supervillain.

1182: The Ending! Length: 11 Minutes

The season ends with the crew pressing a mysterious button that sends the crew to space!

Season 62 (SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures in Space apart from Episode 1184) (2060-2061)
This season uses motion capture with live-action backgrounds.

1183: Animal Planet Length: 11 Minutes

The gang travel to the Animal Planet.

1184: Extreme Pineapple of Horror III Length: 19 Minutes

The gruesome tales continue but with a 5 buck budget.

Note: This episode was rated TV-PG and only aired on NBC for unknown reasons.

1185: Pluto Length: 11 Minutes

The gang gets into an argument over whether Pluto should be a planet or not, and decide to actually head to Pluto to investigate. While there, they discover that another species has already inhabited it, and are not exactly happy with the gang's presence/blasphemy towards their home.

1186: The Worst Story Ever Told Length: 11 Minutes

SpongeBob and Sandy are in a rocket together traveling through space and engaging in some old-fashioned hanky panky when they suddenly look down and see that Bikini Bottom has been destroyed. As such, they decide to find Neptune, who claims he destroyed Bikini Bottom because he was tired of them "keeping the black man down". SpongeBob and Sandy challenge him to a game of rock paper scissors for the fate of Bikini Bottom, of which he loses. Neptune then commits suicide in despair, having never lost anything in his life. At the end of the episode, it is revealed to be a fever dream by SpongeBob.

Note: This episode is rated TV-14 for mature subject matter.

1187: '''Trapped Together... '''Length: 18 Minutes

After a freak accident, the entire crew is trapped in the bathroom and they now have to deal with each other.

1188: Game Addiction Length: 22 Minutes

Sandy becomes addicted to a nutty video game.

1189: Everyone Died Length: 15 Minutes

Patrick tells a story about everyone dying.

1190: Meme Planet: Part 1

The gang goes to Meme Planet!

Note: Meme Planet: Part 1 & 2 are rated TV-PG and even TV-14 in some channels due to adult references.

1191: Meme Planet: Part 2

After Sandy calls one of the memes on Meme Planet "unrealistic", the gang gets jailed and they must find a way to get out of the jail and planet.

1192: Meme Planet: Part 3

The gang escape back to Bikini Bottom.

1193: Space's Newest Fad Length: 15 Minutes

The gang try out the newest fad, MyLaser, but things turn for the worst when the laser damages the ship!

1194: Shopping Time... Length: 13 Minutes

The gang must look for a new engine for their ship after the current engine breaks down.

1195: Space Food! Length: 20 Minutes

SpongeBob and Patrick decides to try all sorts of food in space!

1196: '''The End I Guess... ''' Length: 10 Minutes

The ship crashes to earth.

Season 63 (2061-2062)
1197: The Recovery Length: 10 Minutes

SpongeBob and the gang recovers from the crash.

1198: The Tornado Length: 14 Minutes

Spongebob and the gang try to find a underground place after hearing about a tornado about to strike.

Note: This Episode is rated TV-14 due to lots of swearing

1199: Welp Length: 15 Minutes

After getting stuck in a tornado shelter, the gang must entertain thems until they bust out.

1200-1201: The 1200th Adventure Length: 49 Minutes

The gang decides to go a cruise ship to celebrate their 1200th adventure, but after the cruise ship's engin brakes down, the gang and all of the people on it realize that they are lost in the sea!

1202: The Adventure After the 1200th Adventure: Length: 15 Minutes

The gang return from their 1200th adventure only to go on another adventure in the Krusty Krab. Why? Who knows? Who cares? Who writes this stuff anyhow? (We do. :P)

1203: Planet Nibiru Is Coming To Town: Length: 40 Minutes

After hearing about a mysterious planet called Nibiru, SpongeBob and the gang decide to return to outerspace to find this Nibiru to no success.

1204: Dying Star: Length: 30 Minutes

Having failed their adventure in finding planet Nibiru, SpongeBob and the gang find that a star is about to die and have a supernova. What they don't realize is that the star's explosion is in the distance of the Earth!

1205: '''No More Space Adventures. We Promise:''' Length: 15 Minutes

Fed up with all the space adventures, SpongeBob and the gang vow not to have anymore space adventures for a few years, when they inevitably start running low on ideas again.

1206: The Stupidest Crossover Ever! Length: 30 Minutes

The gang go into the Teen Titans Go! universe, but after the gang realize that the TTG universe is pretty stupid, they then try to get out.

1208: CoralTube Trash Length: 15 Minutes

The gang watches stupid videos on CoralTube for a while.

1209: The CoralTube Universe: Part 1 Length: 20 Minutes

After the gang watches too much CoralTube, they get teleported into the CoralTube universe where they can go from one video to another.

1210: The CoralTube Universe: Part 2 Length: 21 Minutes

The gang now has to go through some CoralTube Poop of both their show and other shows.

1211: The CoralTube Universe: The Final Part Length: 30 Minutes

Let's hope the gang get out of this trash filled website they call, CoralTube.

1212: Hold Up You Have A Date? Length: 15 Minutes

Spongebob and the gang gives advise to Mr.Krabs about his date with Mrs Puff

Note: This Episode is rated TV-PG Due to mild flirtatious dialogue

1213: Cowbob Bebop

SpongeBob and the gang watch the Cowboy Bebop Movie and acidentaly predict that the town is going to have a car crash in there black mini van (TV-14-V)

1214: Resturant Fight

Spongebob and the gang go on a dinner to Denny and a fight breaks out hand tries to stop it but ends up in the fight (TV-14-LV)

Note: This Episode only aired in America, Mexico, and Germany for unknown reasons

1215: Footballin’ Length: 17 Minutes

After the gang is mistaken for being in a football team, they must try to play in football without any past experienc of the sport.

1216: The Chat Length: 18 Minutes

The gang decides as a way of communication to use a chatroom, but thing quickly go out of control.

Note: This episode is rated TV-14 for strong language.

1217: Puffy Fluffy vs. Bikini Bottom Length: 28 Minutes

After Puffy Fluffy comes back with an army of fellow nudibranchs, they attack Bikini Bottom and it’s up to the people of Bikini Bottom to unite to defend their home. (Season Finale)

Season 64 (2062-2063)
1218: 24/7 Gas Station

Spongebob gets a new job and has the worst time of his life. (TV-14-DLSV)

Note: The real TV rating was TV-MA but was later edited to be a TV-14-DLSV for Nick And Nite Every other adult channel brodcasts it uncensored.

1219: Oh Lordy Lordy F$&king Lord

Spongebob and the gang decided to watch their home movies and instantly regretted it. (TV-MA-L)

Note: This Episode only aired in Adult Swim, and HBO Due to it being TV-MA-L

1220: IHE

Spongebob and the gang watch IHE and tries to watch the movies that The said that was bad (exept Who Killed Captin Alex) (TV-14-DLV)

1221: We Are Sorry

The gang apologizes for making non-kid friendly episodes and vow to ever make them again...

1222: Sorry Not Sorry

They still made a non-kid friendly episode. (TV-MA-LSV)

1223: Are We Stiil Dead Yet

Spongebob and the gang forgets that they are in a show (TV-PG-DLSV)

1224: I'm Still The only writer

Spongebob tells all of the current writers to write more episodes (TV-PG-DV)

1225: DRAGON BALLBOOLRU

Spongebob and the gang watch dragon ball and solds out all of the dvds and crap (TV-14-LV)

1226: DRAGON BALLBOOLRU: Part 2

The weeaboos fight spongebob and the gang for there crap (TV-14-V)

Season 65 (2063-2064) (SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures With Maja Avery)
1227: BASSBALUUUUUU

SpongeBob and the gang watch a baseball game. (TV-PG-LV)

1228: Let's Take an Adventure

SpongeBob, Patrick and Maja all explore the lost city of Makaaio.

1229: Real Fu$ing Extreme Pineapple Of Horror Part IV

SpongeBob and the gang and Maja tells some horror storys and go trick or treating. (TV-MA-LV)

1230: Maja and the Chocolate Factory

Maja visits a chocolate factory and gets lost in it.

1231: Gone Camping

Maja, SpongeBob, and Patrick go camping in Kelp Forest.

1232: My OG

Patrick tries to create an OG character for the show.

1233: Maja vs. The Internet

Maja creates an InstaClam account and all hell breaks loose.

1234: Counting Numbers

Patrick reads the book 1 2 3... again.

1235: Adventuring on an Adventure

Maja tries to prove Larry that she is a strong explorer.

1236: How to Annoy Squidward

SpongeBob and Patrick teach Maja how to annoy Squidward.

1237: Maja the Pet Sitter

SpongeBob leaves Maja in charge of Gary while he goes on vacation for a week.

1238: The Job

SpongeBob tries to give Maja a job.

1239: Goodbye, Maja

Spongebob and a gang tell Maja goodbye and accidentally fall into a time machine.

Season 66 (2064-2065) (The Time Machine)
1240: Some Overused Plot

SpongeBob and the gang goes back to when Mr Krabs was young. (TV-14-D)

1241: Back to Pre-History

SB and the gang go back to the prehistoric era. They meet their prehistoric selves, but they’re not too happy to meet them.

1242: Before 2009

The gang goes back one year before the show began: 2008.

1243: Le Middle Old Ages

The gang travels back in time to the Middle Ages, when the legendary king jellyfish terrorized the sea.

1244: The Creator

The gang travels to 2009 and meets the creator when she started this show (TV-14-LV)

1245: Greek to Me

The gang travels to Ancient Greece, when the Olympics weren‘t crap.

1246: Birth of an Icon

The gang travels to the day when SB was born.

1247: Ancient Egypt’s Wonders

The gang travels to Ancient Egypt to see the Sphinx. However, some ancient folk capture all of them except Sandy, who now has to save them.

1248: A Broken Time Machine

Samdy tries to get the time machine to travel back to the present, but the time machine breaks. They get stuck in time limbo.

1249: The Timey Climax

Sandy and the gang get out of Time limbo, but only to come back to an alternate timeline when Bikini Bottom never existed. Can they escape the fish zombies there and get back to the present?

1250: The Timey Epilogue

The gang is finally back in the present. Everything is now back to normal.

Season 67 (2065-2066)
1251: Fee

The gang has to pay a fee for keeping a DVD for 8 years. (TV-14-DLSV)

1252: Where’s Gary?

SB can’t find Gary anywhere in Bikini Bottom... or anywhere underwater.

1253: Superheroes or Superzeroes?

SpongeBob, Patrick, Sandy, and Squidward turn into superheroes who are forced to fight crime on a daily basis. Can they keep up?

1254: Spinning the Bottle

The gang plays a traditional game of spin the bottle.

1255: No Longer the Gang

Mr. Krabs and Sandy no longer have time to hang out with their friends.

1256: Where’s Plankton?

Mr. Krabs wonders what Plankton is up to. Up to no good, of course.

1257: Mature People Only

SB and Patrick want to watch Rick and Morty, but can’t because they’re not mature enough.

1258: Taking a Break

The gang takes a break from adventuring for a while. However, crazy stuff is happening in Bikini Bottom at that moment.

1259: Eiffel Tower... at Night

The gang goes to see the Eiffel Tower... at night. They try taking pictures of it, but it’s illegal to take pictures of the Eiffel Tower at night.

1260: Anger Management Class

Squidward has to take an anger management class after blowing up his own house because... reasons.

1261: White Out

Patrick finds some white out in a dumpster. He uses it to ”decorate“ public places and gets in trouble.

1262: Bubble Bass’ Ass

Sandy sees Bubble Bass‘ ass at the Krusty Krab and gets aroused. (TV-MA-LSV)

1263: The Gang Breaks Up

The gang decides to break up and go back to their ordinary lives.

1264: Portrayed by SpongeBob

SB watches some “Portrayed by SpongeBob” videos with Patrick.

1265: Ugh, a Clip Show

The title says it all, it’s a dumb clip show.

Season 68 (2066-2067)
This season is exclusive to Fox Kids. Reruns are very common and it is reran on Fox Kids' sister networks, but no other network airs this season.

1266: How to Kill 11 Minutes

Patrick shows how to kill 11 minutes.

1267: LOGIC

The gang finds everything that has no logic in their show.

1268: The Fourth Wall

SB tries to find the cameraman behind the show. He’s good at hiding, though.

1269: The Wall!

Sandy explains to SpongeBob that if they break the fourth wall it can cause great danger!

1270: Gary the Star

(Crossover with The Life of Gary the Snail) Gary finds out that he’s the star of his own show.

1271: No Driving Sponges Allowed

The Bikini Bottom Supreme Court decides to make it illegal for SB to drive. Obviously, he is devastated.

1272: What’s the Password?

Squidward sets a passcode on his door. SpongeBob tries to crack the code.

1273: The Best of SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures!

A montage of the best scenes of the show is shown!

1274: The Gang is Back!

The gang is back together, and stronger than ever!

1275: What’s the Password? 2

SpongeBob goes to the Krusty Krab only to find out Squidward has set a passcode on the doors to the Krusty Krab too.

1276: Sandy’s Glasses

Sandy gets glasses after failing a vision test, and everyone makes fun of her.

Season 69 (2067-2068) (The Sexual Season)
This season was completely banned by Fox Kids due to its content.

1277: Hah 69

The gang make puns about 69. (TV-MA)

1278: Eat Tacos Every Day

SpongeBob and Patrick decide to start eating tacos every day. They get tired of it, but they can’t stop now.

1279: spongemovie

A series of funny and random shorts.

1280: Is the Season Over Yet?

The writers start running out of ideas once again, so The Gang forces them to write more or else they’ll die.

1281: Bubble Bass’ Ass Part 2

SpongeBob finds out about Sandy getting aroused by Bubble Bass’ ass. He thinks she wants him instead of himself. (TV-MA)

1282: DRAGON BALLBOOLRU: Part 3

The weeaboos are back, this time stronger than ever. Can the gang fight back?

1283: Side Characters Galore

The side characters of the show feel neglected. They decide to steal the spotlight.

1284: Ha! Gayyyyy

SpongeBob and Patrick have sex and everyone makes fun of them for it. (TV-MA)

1285: Sexy and I Know It

Sandy tries to look sexy for SpongeBob. (TV-14)

1286: Not Safe Sex

Mrs. Puff and Mr. Krabs accidentally have sex without a condom. (TV-14)

1287: Uncensored

That secret formula song from Krabby Road, uncensored! (Not really) (TV-MA)

1288: The Sexual Act

Sandy tries to get SpongeBob to have sex with her. (TV-14)

Season 70 (2068-2069)
1289: No More Sex

The Gang is sad that the sexual season is over. (TV-MA)

1290: Let's Trolllllllalallsllalalslaallalalalslalalall

The gang go on some online forums and troll there.

1291: Diary of a Stupid, Weird Gang

Well looking at their old stuff from previous years of adventures, they find a diary which records previous events from the past and they go through the diary being reminded of their previous adventures and some unseen adventures!

1292: Extreme Pineapple Of Horror (and Patrick's Stupidity) V

Moar horror stories but all of them are stupid in some way due to Patrick being the teller of all of the stories.

1293: Derp le Herp

The Gang turns derpy. (TV-14)

1294: Asian Fish

Some Asian fish from Ching Chang Bottom visit Bikini Bottom. Squidward makes racist remarks at them, and they’re now after him.

1295: Heart Attack

Patrick’s heart escapes his body and starts destroying Bikini Bottom.

1296: Santa’s Laws

Santa Claus creates new laws for the underwater world. However, they’re absolutely ludicrous.

1297: What’s Up With Maja?

We see what Maja is up to on this fine day.

1298: Goin’ Fishing

Some fisherman are starvin’, so they dive under the sea to catch their fish.

1299: Brains vs. Brawns

The brains and brawns of the gang battle each other to see which side is truly better.

1300: The 1300th Episode Spectacular

The gang tries to fill up 22 minutes of running time with funny skits and celebration cake.

1301: Dirty Bubble Returns

The Dirty Bubble is back in town, stronger than ever before!

1302: Mexican Fish

The gang travels to Taco Bottom and meet Mexican fish. Once again, Squidward makes some racist remarks. This time, he gets in trouble with the very sensitive Taco Bottom law and gets thrown in jail.

Season 71 (2069-2070)
1303: Patrick the Liar

Patrick learns about lying and starts lying about everything. People can’t even trust him anymore.

1304: Wow 9 Years of This Show Now Ending?

The gang find out that there is only 1 season left (excluding this season) and think about that if they are going to be canceled (TV-14)

1305: Drawing Stuff Badly

Squidward draws stuff... badly, DUH!

1306: The Last Waterbender

SpongeBob wants to shoot water balls, so he asks Sandy to operate on him.

1307: Are You Gay?

Patrick asks SpongeBob if he’s gay. This doesn’t end well. (TV-14)

1308: British Weirdos

Some fish from Britain visit Bikini Bottom. Squidward worships them like gods.

1309: Teen Titans Go to Hell!

The Gang visits the world of TTG once again. They try to escape, but Robin traps them there for eternity.

1310: spongemovie2

More random and funny skits!

1311: Visiting North Korea, Part 1

The gang decides to sneak into North Korea, and they get captured by some evil North Koreans. Thanks to retardted laws, both them and their families go to prison.

1312: Visiting North Korea, Part 2

SpongeBob and Patrick‘s families attempt to escape prison, (and North Korea) but fail. They will get publicly executed the next day. Stakes are now much higher.

1313: Visiting North Korea, Part 3

The prisoners plan an escape route.

1314: Visiting North Korea, Part 4

The Gang manages to escape without any trouble. Yeah, boiiiiiiiiiiii!

1315: USE YOUR F$&KING ARMS

The gang tries to play Arms and gets too addicted. (TV-MA-LV)

1316: Flipping Off is Not an Option

The gang decides to flip off some random people. (TV-MA)

Season 72 (2070-2071) (The Destruction Season)
1317: JEZUS MAOR BASEBALLU

The Gang get into crazy shenanigans with baseball (TV-14-V)

1318: Dry Erase Markers

Patrick buys some dry erase markers off of eBay. They come to life and try to destroy Bikini Bottom.

1319: Gone Wrong

Sandy’s science experiment goes horribly wrong when her test tube comes to life and tries to destroy Bikini Bottom.

1320: Splatwoon

The gang plays a crazy game of Splatoon 2.

1321: Puffy Fluffy Again

Puffy Fluffy returns to Bikini Bottom and tries to destroy it.

1322: Stanley Again

Stanley SquarePants returns and accidentally destroys Bikini Bottom.

1323: Raaaaaaarg!

Raarg returns to Bikini Bottom and accidentally destroys the town.

1324: Plankton Strikes Again

Plankton plans to destroy Bikini Bottom to get the formula.

1325: ‘Cause I Feel Like It

The gang tries to destroy Bikini Bottom.

1326: Weresquirrel

After a freak accident, Sandy turns into a werewolf and tries to destroy BikinI Bottom.

1327: Squidward Retaliates

After getting annoyed once again by SpongeBob, Squidward tries to destroy Bikini Bottom.

Season 73 (2072-2073)
1328: Krabs and Squilliam

Squilliam visits the Krusty Krab, and he is disgusted by how little manners the customers have. He demands to have Krabs fancy up the place.

1329: Behind Your Back

SB and Patrick talk smack about Sandy behind her back, and she gets mad at them for it.

1330: Colorblindness

When the color power of Bikini Bottom goes out, everyone goes insane.

1331: The Third Wheel

Patrick gets hired as a “third wheel” so Sandy can’t date other guys without Patrick in the way.

1332: Frying Dutchman

The Flying Dutchman’s ship break again, so he gets a job at the Krusty Krab.

1333: No Hands Day

It’s No Hands Day in Bikini Bottom once again, and Patrick learns about it for the first time.

1334: SpongeBob StupidPants

SpongeBob and Patrick switch bodies after a freak accident. The effects only last a day, though.

Season 74 (2073-2074) (The Crossover Season)
1335: The Portal

Sandy opens a portal that leads to worlds of different cartoon shows, and they starts to enter her own's.

1336: The Loud Sponge

The Louds visit Bikini Bottom.

1337: The Restaurants

The Wattersons go to the Krusty Krab, and Plankton tries to steal them to his restaurant.

1338: La ciudad submarina

El Chavo and his friends ends up in Bikini Bottom, and befriends with the gang.

1339: Él heroe aquatico

El Chapulín Colorado joins the I.J.L.S.A. and combats the E.V.I.L. with them.

1340: Worst Crossover Ever

The Simpsons familly visits Bikini Bottom, and Homer wants to eat a Krabby Patty.

1341: Family Sponge

The Griffins ends up here, while Peter starts eating some chum.

1342: Looney Bob

The Looney Tunes ends up in the city.

1343: Adventure Time!

Finn and Jake meets with Maja, and the trio has some adventures.

1344: Clarence Meets SpongeBob

Clarence and his friends have fun in Bikini Bottom.

1345: Gravity Sponge

Dipper and Mabel ends up in Bikini Bottom, while solving some mysteries in there.

1346: Closing the Portal

Sandy manages to close the portal, so all the cartoons ends back in their worlds.

Season 75 (2074-2075) (SpongeBob’s Greatest Adventures on Mars)
1347: EVEN MOAR OVERUSED PLOTS

The gang finds a teleporting device and accidentally goes to Mars where they find a space car drive all over mars. (TV-14-LV)

1348: Space Car Accident

The space car crashes, so the gang tries to repair it.

1349: Mars’ Martians

The gang finds some aliens on Mars. They proceed to capture the gang.

1350: Non-Alien Prison

The gang gets put in a prison on Mars. They try to escape.

1351: Escape!

The gang escapes the prison.

1352: OH SHI-

The gang tries to build a house out of rocks (TV-14-DLV)

1353: Fireworks on Mars

The gang sets off fireworks on Mars.

1354: Returning to Bikini Bottom

The gang returns to Bikini Bottom.

Season 76 (2075-2076)
1355: Random OverDone Plot

spongebob goes to krusty krap then plankton try steal krappy patty formula but he fail then mr krab say u never get me krappy patty formuler plankton

1356: Trip to Rock Bottom

The gang visits Rock Bottom, but some monsters ruin their ride back. Can they return?

1357: Super Sponge Odyssey

The gang plays Super Mario Odyssey.

1358: The Eagle

An eagle visits Bikini Bottom to deliver a special message.

1359: Pay the Price

Patrick destroyed an ice cream store, so he has to work for the store to make up for the damages.

1360: Pilot

The gang looks back at the pilot episode of the series.

1361: Scared to Death

Patrick tries to scare himself to death, despite it being impossible.

1362: Split the Atom

Sandy tries to split an atom.

1363: Squid Noir 2

Squidward’s vacuum cleaner is gone again, so it’s detective again.

1364: Emoji Party Time

The gang watches the Emoji Movie.

1365: Emoji Party Foul

The gang reviews the Emoji Movie.

1366: ClamPhones

The gang tries to go a day without their phones.

Season 77 (2076-2077)
1367: Can We Stop With The Piracy

The gang goes to Armenia and buys their own dvds but they find out that they are pirated so they try to make piracy illegal in Armenia (TV-14-DL)

1368: The Un-Adventure

The gang tries to not go on an adventure for a week...

1369: To New Kelp City!

The gang get tired of the crime and political drama at Bikini Bottom. The gang go to New Kelp City, but they discover that this city is a lot worse...

1370: Grammarly

SpongeBob tries to help Patrick with his grammar to help him win the Bikini Bottom spelling bee.

1371: Maja’s Back

Maja returns to the gang.

1372: Climbing the Wall

SB and Maja try to climb Trump’s wall.

1373: Electric Shock

Patrick sticks his hand in a socket and gets electrocuted.

1374: #blessed4ever

SB goes crazy with hashtags on Twitter.

1375: Super Sponge Odyssey 2

The gang continues playing Super Mario Odyssey.

1376: The Conch

After the gang find a comfortable conch on the street, the gang tries different ways to fairly decide who get the conch.

1377: Meh

The gang is bored.

1378: Plz watch this epicod

Patrick gets obsessed with promoting his channel on YouTube.

1379: Really?!?!?

The gang makes a remake of "A Pal for Gary."

1380: Let's Trolllllllalallsllalalslaallalalalslalalall 2

Da gang goes on Wikia and troll around there.

1381: Puffy Fluffy is Back...

Puffy Fluffy comes back and with the help of the E.V.a.B.M.K.D.L.o.D. destroy Bikini Bottom. It up to our gang to defeat Puffy Fluffy for once and for all!

1382: USE YOUR F$&KING ARMS, YOU DU-

The gang gets addicted to Arms 2. (TV-14-LV)

Season 78 (2077-2078)
1383: Chipotle

The gang eats Chipotle and gets fat because of how good the food is.

(TV-MA-L)

1384: ScumBob, ScumBob, ScumBob!

The gang reviews all of the ScumBob episodes of this spin-off and both normal and fanon SpongeBob.

1385: Speedy A.K.A DRAGON BALLBORU 4

The gang travels to Malaysia and buys VCDS of Dragon Ball Z. (TV-14-D)

1386: VCDS A.K.A DRAGON BALLBORU 5

The gang travels to Algeria to buy more Dragon Ball VCDS. (TV-PG-L)

1387: SpongeBob Shortz

A compilation of random and funny shorts.

1388: Clam Blitz

The gang plays the new ranked mode in Splatoon 2, Clam Blitz.

1389: Skipping Nine

The gang comes up with a conspiracy theory as to why the number nine is skipped so much. Windows 9, iPhone 9, etc.

1390: Da True Power of the Dab

After the gang starts to Dab a lot, they realize the true power of the Dab.

1391: Looks Like Competition

The writers try to come up with ideas faster than the SpongeBob Fanon writers.

1392: The Passcode

SB and Patrick try to break into Sandy's phone.

1393: Transgender Gangsters

The gang decide to go the way of the transgender for a day.

1394: Ladies and Fricks

The gang watch some Chadtronic videos.

1395: Toilet Paper Fort

The gang go to Walmart to build a toilet paper fort.

1396: Crazy Jet Lag

SB, Patrick, and Sandy have to deal with jet lag when visiting Australia.

1397: Gaming PC

Sandy builds SB a gaming PC.

1398: Nintendo Glitch

When the gang experiences a glitch on their Switch, they try to fix it.

1399: It's a Marathon

The gang tries to binge watch the SpongeBob fanon series, but there are way too many episodes now!

1400: Fourteen Hundreds

The gang throws a party for the 1400th special, with Maja as a special guest.

1401: Leet Speak

The gang starts talking in 1337 speak.

Season 79 (2078-2079)
1402: Teen Titans Hell No!

Patrick tries to tell CN to get rid of Teen Titans Go!

1403: Random Snapple Facts

The gang reads out random facts on Snapple caps.

1404: This Show is Dying

When the show gets low ratings, the gang tries to make clickbait-y episodes.

1405: Change Happens

The history of the entire show from start to finish.

1406: Quick Mafs

Shaq visits Bikini Bottom to teach some math to the citizens.

1407: The Ultimate Prank Call

Patrick prank calls Bart from The Simpsons.

1408: Destroying the Timeline

The gang go back in time to destroy history.

1408: Spinnin' the Football

The gang see how long they can spin a football on their fingers.

1409: Astronauts Gettin' Free Everything

After SpongeBob and Patrick see Astronauts get free tickets to the newest MM&BB Movie, they lie and say that they are Astronauts so they get free tickets and more. Things are great until they go to space and things go quickly wrong.

1410: Minceraft Time

The gang plays Minecraft.

1411: Gettin' that Console

The gang tries to afford the new, popular Aqua Player Console System in Bikini Bottom.

1412: Move to New Kelp City!

New Kelp City tries to make the gang move to their city.

1413: The Product

The gang tries to make a product and get themselves rich.

1414: It's a Hit!

The gang gets into boxing.

Season 80 (2080-2081)
1415: Extreme Pineapple Of Horror VI

At a stormy day in the Krusty Krab, the gang decide to tell each other more horror stories.

1416: A (Un-)Regular Episode of a Regular Show

After one of Plankton's inventions take the gang to the Regular Show Universe, crazy stuff happens.

1417: The Filler

The gang tries to fill up 30 minutes with stuff.

1418: Dubstep Remix

The gang tries to create a dubstep remix of the show's theme song.

1419: Gone Deaf

After listening to some loud music, Patrick goes deaf. SpongeBob tries to help him get his hearing back.

1420: High in the Sky

Since it's April 20, Patrick tries to get high... literally.

1421: Vine is Dead

SpongeBob finds the old Vine app on his phone, so he visits it one last time before deleting it for good.

Season 81 (2081-2082) (SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures in Minecraft)
1422: In Minecraft!

The gang, after playing too much Minecraft, gets teleported into the game!

1423: Crap We Have to Survive.

The gang tries to survive the day.

1424: Some Blocky Shelter

The gang tries to build a decent shelter.

1425: Going Mining

The gang mines minerals in a cave whilst fighting mobs.

1426: Mine Diamonds

The gang creates a strip mine to find diamonds.

1427: Enchantments

The gang enchants their new diamond tools.

1428: The Nether

The gang goes to the Nether.

1429: Fighting the Ender Dragon

The gang takes on the Ender Dragon.

1430: It's Not Over Yet

The gang has to do one last thing before returning to the real world: Kill every mob in the game. It's not going to be easy.

1431: Woodland Mansion

The gang raids a woodland mansion.

1432: Ocean Monument

The gang raids an ocean monument.

1433: Back to the End

The gang goes through the End gateway to kill some Shulkers.

1434: Killing Montage

A montage of killing the last mobs in the game.

1435: The End of the Minecraft Arc

The gang finally gets to return to the real world!

Season 82 (2082-2083)
1436: Nintendo Snitch?

Patrick tries to get his Nintendo Switch to boot up again after accidentally powering it off.

1437: Somalia or Somaliland?

The gang gets into a argument about if Somaliland is a country or not.

1438: The Ocean Aquatic

The gang plays the new Minecraft 1.14 update.

1439: Palestine is a Country

The gang argues about whether Palestine is a country or not.

1440: Another Power Outage

The power goes out in Bikini Bottom again, and the gang tries to fix it once and for all.

1441: Gang Feud

The gang plays their own version of Family Feud.

1442: AFV

The gang tries to win money for submitting a bunch of clips.

1443: Is That CONTINUITY?!?!

The gang argues if their favorite show has continuity.

1444: What Happened to This Show?

The gang remembers when the show used to be about crazy adventures, but now it's all about random stuff they do at home.

1445: Third Gender

Patrick invents the third gender: Attack helicopter.

1446: Spoiler Alert!!!

SpongeBob and Patrick leak the SpongeBob fanon episodes from seasons 69 and 70, but only the spoilers.

1447: The Try Guys Try Being Faggots for a Day

The male members of the gang pretend to be gay for a day.

1448: Biz-ness

Patrick creates his own business.

1449: Ur Grammur Sux

SpongeBob and Sandy help Patrick with his grammar.

1450: Keyboard Problems

SpongeBob's keyboard gets possessed by a demon.

1451: Mini Nintendo Direct

The gang watches the Nintendo Direct Mini.

1452: Pay Respects with F

SpongeBob fakes his death to get rich, and everyone falls for it.

1453: The Anime Dub

A fake anime dub of the first episode.

1454: Dead Pixels

Patrick finds dead pixels on his TV and tries to wake them up.

1455: Visiting South Korea

The gang visits South Korea and realize how bad North Korea truly is.

Season 83 (2083-84) (SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures in Hell)
1456: See You in Hell

The gang goes to hell after a pedestrian says to them, "See you in hell!".

1457: The Devil's Deal

The gang makes a deal with Satan that if they get him a million pounds of gold in 7 days, he'll send them to heaven.

1458: The Race is On

Day 1: Patrick finds gold guarded by a demon, Sandy finds gold in a treasure chest, and SpongeBob finds gold in his back pocket for some reason.

1459: A Big Demon

Day 2: The gang teams up to kill a big demon guarding 1,000 pounds of gold.

1460: Digging for Gold

Day 3: The gang goes mining for gold.

1461: Solving Stupid Puzzles

Day 4: The gang solves some ancient puzzles to get some more gold.

1462: Literally Digging for Gold

Day 5: Patrick picks his nose for gold.

1463: Time is Running Out

Day 6: It's day 6 and the gang only has 500 pounds of gold. They need to speed up!

1464: The Last Day of Hell?

Day 7: The gang doesn't meet the goal, so they don't go to heaven. They try to get there themselves

1465: Is this Heaven? (Yes, It Is)

The gang reach heaven after making a ladder out of hell stone.

1466: Not Heaven

Satan finds out that the gang escaped hell and into heaven. They have the ultimate battle.

1467: All Dead (Not Really)

Satan kills everyone, but doesn't realize that when someone dies, they go to heaven.

1468: Final Goodbyes

The gang moves into their new cloud houses. It's a happy ending.

Season 84 (2084-85) (SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures in Australia
1469: The New Chapter

After waking up from that crazy dream last season, (Yes, it WAS a dream) the gang decide to go to Australia to visit weird talking people.

1470: In A Desert

The gang gets lost in Australia and gets stranded in a desert.

1471: Outback Outbreak

Due to the incompetence of Patrick, he causes an outbreak of CG talking animals to ravage the gang, they now have to find a way to get out of this special kind of episode.

1472: Outback Outbreak Part II

The gang tries to switch back to their normal animation, this includes CGI animation, Cel Animation, ClayMation, Rough storyboard animation, The Spy VS Spy season 1 animation, At the end they go back to their normal animation. The bad thing is that they're still stranded in a desert.

1473: Adventure to Great Barrier Reef

The gang travels to Queensland by foot, with little supplies.

1474: Saving the Reef

When the gang finds out that the Great Barrier Reef is in danger, they summon their sea friends to come help them save the reef.

1475: Plankton's Reef-y Plan

It turns out that Plankton is sabotaging the GBR to steal the formula... wait, what?

1476: Ravioli Ravioli, look who just got the formuoli?!

Plankton sabotaged the GBR, and SpongeBob and the gang failed to try and stop Plankton.. or maybe?

Season 85 (2085-86) (The Gaming Season)
1477: GAMES!!

SpongeBob and Patrick argue about the best game ever.

1478: An Scary Game

Patrick makes a challenge with SpongeBob, who can be the bravest one to play the scary maze game?

1479: Pay for Game

Mr. Krabs gets an idea thanks to SpongeBob, adding video games to the Krusty Krab. But those are made by him to save money.

1480: The Guessing Game

The gang plays a crazy game of charades.

1481: Hey, who turned off the game?

When the eletrcisy turns off for a while in Spongebobs house, they try to make there own fun.

1482: Loggin In

(Short) Patrick tryes to log in to Xbox Live.

1483: Hacked!

Spongebobs game account has been hacked while he was on work, but he dosent know who do this.

Workers
Workers, please put your username here if you would like a job working for this series. Remember, anyone can join. You may write down any other job in the show you'd like to be (Director, Storyboard Artist, etc.)


 * MissAppear869: Creator, Executive Producer, Head Writer (All Seasons).
 * Mcb1209/TheNintendofan1209/Mb1209: Writer/Production (Episodes 1-141, Episodes 476-480, Episodes 1042-present)
 * Spongefan2: Director, Title Card ArtistWilliam Leonard: Storyboard Artist, Writer 2nd Position (Season 4-)
 * SuperSaiyanKirby: Writer. Title Card Artist (All Seasons)
 * Quickster968: Back up Writer (episodes 79-165)
 * Weirdo Guy: Editor (episodes 189-280) Writer, Artist, Director (episodes 115 - 901)
 * Ponyo Fan: Secret (episodes 138-610) and Back-Up Writer (episodes 216-540)
 * JellyfishJam38: Writer (Season 5-present)
 * Vickers Vilbert: Writer, Director (Season 23 - present)
 * Mractivity: Storyboard Artist, Writer (Season 23 - present)
 * Blabber: Writer (Season 23 - present)
 * Blue Falcon: Assistant Head Writer (Season 43- present)
 * Intrudgero98: Writer (Season 27 - present)
 * Faves3000: Writer (Season 29-present)
 * LKAD: Writer, Director (Season 53 - present)
 * ExplodingSoda: Writer (Season 53-present)
 * SpongeTechX: Writer, Title Card Artist, Editor (Season 50 - present)
 * SpongeKing: Writer, Main Supporter, Editor (Season 56- present)
 * Esa6426: Writer (Season 56- present)
 * supergameman28: Writer ( Season 53- Present)
 * Russelrules44: Writer (Season 57-Present)
 * Da Nerd: That one guy who doesn't do any work and slacks off at the office; throwing paper airplanes everywhere, chewing gum in people's ears when they're trying to work, etc.
 * Family guy sucks:Writer (???? - idk)
 * Kidsnewsnairobi7yearold: Writer (Season 57)
 * Bingbang32 - Writer (Season 58-idk)
 * SuperFanon'D! - Writer (Season 59-idk)
 * Ghastlyop - Writer (Season 60-62, guest writer - Season 84.)
 * Fred SquarePants - Showrunner
 * SpongeBot678 - I dunno. I just wanna help out.
 * JackHackers - Just a below-average writer. :(
 * AFallenPower - Back-Up Writer and Producer (Season 62-idk)
 * Bill The Smart Guy 2005 - Storyboard Artist (Episode 1188-idk)
 * Puggyman - Writer (Season 63-Season 78)
 * Somematchyguy19 - Writer (Season 65-78)
 * Daniloeverton - Writer (Season 73)
 * dandanboi4 - (Writer (Season 82-idk)
 * TheFanMaker - (Writer, Exetucive Producer)

List of DVDs
SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures Season 1 Vol 1

SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures Season 1 Vol 2

SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures Season 2 Vol 1

SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures Season 2 Vol 2

SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures Season 3 Vol 1

SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures Season 3 Vol 2

SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures Season 4 Vol 1

SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures Season 4 Vol 2

SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures Season 5 Vol 1

SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures Season 5 Vol 2

SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures Season 6

SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures Season 7

SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures Season 8

Pineapple of Horror (DVD)

Special DVDs

 * The First 100 Episodes of 2009.
 * Top 40 Best Episodes.
 * The First 250 Episodes
 * The First 300 Episodes
 * Bikini Bottom Paradise
 * Halloween

Video Games
A video game for PlayStation 3, Xbox 360 and Wii called SpongeBob and the Cousin Problem was released on September 5, 2010. On June 14 2012, Evil SpongeBob Fire was released, also for PlayStation 3, Xbox 360 and Wii, to negative reviews.

Magazine
A weekly comics magazine, titled The SpongeBob Comical Magazine was published for the first time on December 5, 2009, following the show's premiere. It shows SpongeBob and friends in various adventures. Other supplements include Uncle Money, The Green Wheel and Cream World. A rival magazine, The Great SpongeBob, premiered on March 16, 2010. Supplements include White Fantasy, Quiet Codomanus and Fun in Lightland. On September 1, 2010, The SpongeBob Comical Magazine began showing a segment about Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy on various adventures. The Great SpongeBob followed this step, showing a segment centered around Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy in the magazine beginning on September 20, 2010. On February 23, 2011, The SpongeBob Comical Magazine sued The Great SpongeBob magazine for imitation of their ideas from their popular magazine for $400,500. The trial was held on March 17, 2011, and The SpongeBob Comical Magazine won the trial for $400,500 and agreement from The Great SpongeBob to no longer imitate their ideas.

List of special seasons

 * Season 3 (and the first few episodes of Season 4): Bikini Bottom Paradise
 * Season 5: Anime Season
 * Season 8: Magic Imagination (originally Season 7)
 * Season 15: IJLSA (originally Season 9)
 * Season 16: Karate Island (originally Season 12)
 * Season 19: Halloween
 * Season 22: Sponge Smash Brawl
 * Season 25: Sponge Smash Melee
 * Season 28: Pirates
 * Season 32: Rock Bottom
 * Season 34: President Plankton
 * Season 41: SpongeBob in Mars
 * Season 52 (And first episode of Season 53): Disney Domination (originally Season 47)
 * Season 58: Thomas & Friends season
 * Season 60: Patrick the Unlicensed Construction Worker season
 * Season 61: SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures: HERO
 * Season 62: SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures in Space
 * Season 65: SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures With Maja Avery ( originally Season 63)
 * Season 66: The Time Machine
 * Season 69: The Sexual Season
 * Season 71: The Destruction Season
 * Season 73: The Crossover Season
 * Season 74: SpongeBob’s Greatest Adventures on Mars
 * Season 81: SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures in Minecraft
 * Season 83: SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures in Hell and Heaven
 * Season 84: SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures in Australia
 * Season 85: The Gaming Season

Movies
The first movie based on SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures, a television movie titled SpongeBob and the Gold: The Movie, was released on November 4, 2038, attracting 17.9 million viewers. A rerun on November 6 gained 16.5 million viewers and another rerun on November 11 gained 10.9 million viewers. A TV movie of Season 31, titled The Great Treasure of the Titanic, premiered on June 13, 2048, with 26.2 million viewers watching the episode. Another TV movie, this time of season 63, titled "The 1200th Adventure" premiered on January 28, 2061, with 7.1 millon viewers.

Trivia

 * This show is rated TV-G for some episodes (Snowball Fights, Squidward's Song), TV-PG for some episodes (Full Moon Fever, Wedding Day) and TV-14 for some episodes, mostly Pineapple of Horror episodes. The first episode with the TV-14 rating is Pineapple of Horror II.
 * Due to its large popularity, SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures airs on Nickelodeon, Nick at Nite, TeenNick, Cartoon Network, Boomerang, Spike TV, MTV, HBO, HBO Family, and various national-level television channels around the world. NBC also airs SpongeBob's Greatest Adventures as a time filler.
 * In the UK, the show aired on NickToons until 2017 when the show moved to Cartoon Network. Reruns of the show have aired on ITV2 and CITV since 2014.
 * In Canada, the show airs on YTV and Disney XD.
 * Seasons 1 - 15 are available on Hulu. Seasons 16 - 83 are only available through Hulu Plus.
 * Despite it's popularly, it only has 6 knows languages dubs:
 * Spanish (All Seasons)
 * Filipino (Seasons 1-21, 32, and 51-Present)
 * French (Seasons 1-43 and 57-Present)
 * Greek (Seasons 1-23, 32-48 and 58-Present)
 * German (All Seasons)
 * Dutch (Seasons 1-37 and 58-Present)
 * Albanian (Seasons1 only)
 * Starting at Season 58, (Excluding the Albanian dub because it was illegal) all existing language dubs of the show were required start translating the episodes if not already translating.
 * It is simply believed that 4 out of the 6 language dubs of the show didn't translate all the episodes simply because they couldn't keep out with the airing of the episodes.
 * The Pineapple of Horror DVD is available under the Nick at Nite brand, and Halloween available under HBO.
 * This is the longest page on the SpongeBob Fanon Wiki.
 * This show was originally canceled after season 83, but it couldn't go away as it is a classic.